UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
     
FORM 10-K
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended:    December 31, 2008
 
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
( Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
North Carolina
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation)
 
000-27205
56-2132396
(Commission File No.)
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
 
518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina
28658
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(Zip Code)
 
(828) 464-5620
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   None
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
Common Stock, no par value
(title of class)
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 
                                     Yes
  o
   No
x
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act
 
                                      Yes
  o
   No
x
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
                                      Yes
x
   No
  o  
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.        x
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.
 
Large Accelerated Filer o   Accelerated Filer   o   Non-Accelerated Filer   o   Smaller Reporting Company   x  
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
    Yes
  o
    No
x
 
 
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked prices of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.  $48,085,617 based on the closing price of such common stock on June 30, 2008, which was $10.89 per share.
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
5,539,056 shares of common stock, outstanding at February 28, 2009.
 
 

 
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Annual Report”), which will be included as Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, are incorporated by reference into Part I and Part II and included as Exhibit 13 to the Form 10-K.

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. to be held on May 7, 2009 (the “Proxy Statement”), are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 











This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”).  These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the Company and on the information available to management at the time that these disclosures were prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and “believe,” variations of these words and other similar expressions.  Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.  Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, (1) competition in the markets served by Peoples Bank (the “Bank”), (2) changes in the interest rate environment, (3) general national, regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans, (4) legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules and regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.


 
 
 
2

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
FORM 10-K CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
           
          Notice of 2009
          Annual Meeting,
      2008 Form   Proxy Statement
      10-K   and Annual Report
      Page   Page
PART I        
Item 1 - Business   4 - 11    N/A
Item 1A - Risk Factors   11 - 15   N/A
Item 1B - Unresolved Staff Comments   15   N/A
Item 2 - Properties   16   N/A
Item 3 - Legal Proceedings   16   N/A
Item 4 - Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   16   N/A
           
PART II        
Item 5 - Market for the Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and        
  Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   17 - 18   A-28
Item 6 - Selected Financial Data   18   A-3
Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and        
  Results of Operations   18   A-4  -  A-29
Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   18   A-26
Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   18   A-30  -  A-61
Item 9 - Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting        
  and Financial Disclosure   18   N/A
Item 9A - Controls and Procedures   19   N/A
Item 9B - Other Information   19   N/A
           
PART III        
Item 10 - Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   20   A-62
Item 11 - Executive Compensation   20   11 - 27
Item 12 - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management   20   4 - 7
Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   20   28
Item 14 - Principal Accountant Fees and Services   20   35
           
PART IV        
Item 15 - Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   21  -  24   N/A
           
Signatures   25   N/A
 
 
3

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.   BUSINESS

General

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”), was formed in 1999 to serve as the holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”).  The Company is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”).  The Company’s principal source of income is any dividends, which are declared and paid by the Bank on its capital stock.  The Company has no operations and conducts no business of its own other than owning the Bank.  Accordingly, the discussion of the business which follows concerns the business conducted by the Bank, unless otherwise indicated.

The Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving the citizens and business interests of the Catawba Valley and surrounding communities through 21 banking offices located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover, Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Monroe, Cornelius, Mooresville and Raleigh North Carolina.  The Bank also operates a loan production office in Denver, North Carolina.  At December 31, 2008, the Company had total assets of $968.8 million, net loans of $770.2 million, deposits of $721.1 million, total securities of $131.2 million, and shareholders’ equity of $101.1 million.

The Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and few agricultural loans.  Real estate loans are predominately variable rate commercial property loans, which include residential development loans to commercial customers.  Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of industries with no one particular industry or group of related industries accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio.  The majority of the Bank's deposit and loan customers are individuals and small to medium-sized businesses located in the Bank's market area.  The Bank’s loan portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) mortgage loans generated thorough the Bank’s Banco de le Gente offices.  Additional discussion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and sources of funds for loans can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-29 of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit 13.

The operations of the Bank and depository institutions in general are significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of depository institution regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the "Commissioner").

At December 31, 2008, the Bank employed 270 full-time equivalent employees.

Subsidiaries

The Bank is a subsidiary of the Company.  The Bank has two subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc.   Through a relationship with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. provides the Bank's customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax deferred annuities, and related brokerage services.  Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. provides real estate appraisal and real estate brokerage services.

In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used in December 2006 to repay the trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust in December 2001 and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.
 
4


The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net combined effect of the trust preferred securities transaction is that the Company is obligated to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, on or after June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest.

Market Area

The Bank's primary market consists of the communities in an approximately 50-mile radius around its headquarters office in Newton, North Carolina.  This area includes Catawba County, Alexander County, Lincoln County, Iredell County and portions of northeast Gaston County.  The Bank is located only 40 miles north of Charlotte, North Carolina and the Bank's primary market area is and will continue to be significantly affected by its close proximity to this major metropolitan area.  The Bank has two offices in Mecklenburg County, one office in Union County and one office in Wake County specifically designed to serve the growing Latino market.

Employment in the Bank's primary market area is diversified among manufacturing, retail and wholesale trade, technology, services and utilities.  Catawba County’s largest employers include Catawba County Schools, Frye Regional Medical Center, CommScope, Inc. (manufacturer of fiber optic cable and accessories), Merchant Distributors, Inc (wholesale food distributor), Hickory Springs (manufacturer of foam rubber cushions), Catawba Valley Medical Center, Catawba County, Sherrill Furniture Company, CV Industries (furniture manufacturer), McCreary Modern (furniture manufacturer) and Garbage Disposal Service (garbage disposal and recycling)

Competition

The Bank has operated in the Catawba Valley region for more than 95 years and is the only financial institution headquartered in Newton.  Nevertheless, the Bank faces strong competition both in attracting deposits and making loans. Its most direct competition for deposits has historically come from other commercial banks, credit unions and brokerage firms located in its primary market area, including large financial institutions.  One national money center commercial bank is headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina.  Based upon June 30, 2008 comparative data, the Bank had 21.88% of the deposits in Catawba County, placing it second in deposit size among a total of 13 banks with branch offices in Catawba County; 9.90% of the deposits in Lincoln County, placing it sixth in deposit size among a total of nine banks with branch offices in Lincoln County and 13.01% of the deposits in Alexander County, placing it fifth in deposit size among a total of seven banks with branch offices in Alexander County.

The Bank also faces additional significant competition for investors' funds from short-term money market securities and other corporate and government securities.  The Bank's deposit base has grown principally due to economic growth in the Bank's market area coupled with the implementation of new and competitive deposit products. The ability of the Bank to attract and retain deposits depends on its ability to generally provide a rate of return, liquidity and risk comparable to that offered by competing investment opportunities.

The Bank experiences strong competition for loans from commercial banks and mortgage banking companies.  The Bank competes for loans primarily through the interest rates and loan fees it charges and the efficiency and quality of services it provides borrowers.  Competition is increasing as a result of the continuing reduction of restrictions on the interstate operations of financial institutions.

Supervision and Regulation

Bank holding companies and commercial banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law.  The following is a brief summary of certain statutes and rules and regulations that affect or will affect the Company, the Bank and any subsidiaries.  This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statute and regulatory provisions cited below and is not intended to be an exhaustive description of the statutes or regulations applicable to the business of the Company and the Bank.  Supervision, regulation and examination of the Company and the Bank by the regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors rather than shareholders of the Company.  
 
5

 
Statutes and regulations which contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationship of financial institutions are introduced regularly.  The Company cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed statute or regulation will be adopted or the extent to which the business of the Company and the Bank may be affected by such statute or regulation.

General .   There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to the depositors of such depository institutions and the FDIC insurance funds in the event the depository institution becomes in danger of default or in default.  For example, to avoid receivership of an insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become “undercapitalized” with the terms of the capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the bank's total assets at the time the bank became undercapitalized or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all acceptable capital standards as of the time the bank fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.  The Company, as a registered bank holding company, is subject to the regulation of the Federal Reserve.  Under a policy of the Federal Reserve with respect to bank holding company operations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy.  The Federal Reserve under the BHCA also has the authority to require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or to relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve's determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness and stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

In addition, insured depository institutions under common control are required to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered by its deposit insurance funds as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in danger of default.  The FDIC may decline to enforce the cross-guarantee provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the deposit insurance funds.  The FDIC's claim for damages is superior to claims of stockholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.

As a result of the Company's ownership of the Bank, the Company is also registered under the bank holding company laws of North Carolina.  Accordingly, the Company is also subject to regulation and supervision by the Commissioner.

Capital Adequacy Guidelines for Holding Companies .   The Federal Reserve has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies and banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System and have consolidated assets of $150 million or more.  Bank holding companies subject to the Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines are required to comply with the Federal Reserve's risk-based capital guidelines. Under these regulations, the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%.  At least half of the total capital is required to be “Tier I capital,” principally consisting of common stockholders' equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, and a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less certain goodwill items.  The remainder (“Tier II capital”) may consist of a limited amount of subordinated debt, certain hybrid capital instruments and other debt securities, perpetual preferred stock, and a limited amount of the general loan loss allowance.  In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve has adopted a minimum Tier I capital (leverage) ratio, under which a bank holding company must maintain a minimum level of Tier I capital to average total consolidated assets of at least 3% in the case of a bank holding company which has the highest regulatory examination rating and is not contemplating significant growth or expansion.  All other bank holding companies are expected to maintain a Tier I capital (leverage) ratio of at least 1% to 2% above the stated minimum.

Capital Requirements for the Bank.   The Bank, as a North Carolina commercial bank, is required to maintain a surplus account equal to 50% or more of its paid-in capital stock.  As a North Carolina chartered, FDIC-insured commercial bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is also subject to capital requirements imposed by the FDIC.  Under the FDIC's regulations, state nonmember banks that (a) receive the highest rating during the examination process and (b) are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth, are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3% of total consolidated assets; all other banks are required to maintain a minimum ratio of 1% or 2% above the stated minimum, with a minimum leverage ratio of not less than 4%.  The Bank exceeded all applicable capital requirements as of December 31, 2008.  At December 31, 2008, the Company’s Tier I risk-based capital and total risk-based capital were 13.65% and 14.90%, respectively.
 
6

 
Dividend and Repurchase Limitations .   The Company must obtain Federal Reserve approval prior to repurchasing its Common Stock in excess of 10% of its net worth during any twelve-month period unless the Company (i) both before and after the redemption satisfies capital requirements for "well capitalized" state member banks; (ii) received a one or two rating in its last examination; and (iii) is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.  Due to the Company's participation in the Capital Purchase Program ("CPP"), United States Treasury ("UST") approval is required for the Company to repurchase shares of outstanding common stock.

Although the payment of dividends and repurchase of stock by the Company are subject to certain requirements and limitations of North Carolina corporate law, except as set forth in this paragraph, neither the Commissioner nor the FDIC have promulgated any regulations specifically limiting the right of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares.  However, the ability of the Company to pay dividends or repurchase shares may be dependent upon the Company's receipt of dividends from the Bank.

North Carolina commercial banks, such as the Bank, are subject to legal limitations on the amounts of dividends they are permitted to pay.  Dividends may be paid by the Bank from undivided profits, which are determined by deducting and charging certain items against actual profits, including any contributions to surplus required by North Carolina law.  Also, an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become "undercapitalized" (as such term is defined in the applicable law and regulations).

Under the terms of the CPP, the UST has a preferential right to the payment of cumulative dividends on the CPP Series A preferred stock.  No dividends are permitted to be paid to common shareholders unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the CPP preferred stock were fully paid. Any increase in dividends to common shareholders above the amount last declared prior to October 14, 2008 ($0.12 per share quarterly in the case of the Company) is subject to the consent of the UST for the first three years of the CPP preferred stock investment.

Deposit Insurance .   The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund, or DIF, of the FDIC. The DIF is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged in 2006. The Bank’s deposits, therefore, are subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessment.

The FDIC amended its risk-based deposit assessment system in 2007 to implement authority granted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”). Under the revised system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned. Risk Category I, which contains the least risky depository institutions, is expected to include more than 90% of all institutions. Unlike the other categories, Risk Category I contains further risk differentiation based on the FDIC’s analysis of financial ratios, examination component ratings and other information. Assessment rates are determined by the FDIC and currently range from five to seven basis points for the healthiest institutions (Risk Category I) to 43 basis points of assessable deposits for the riskiest (Risk Category IV). The Bank was assessed at an average rate of 6.09 basis points in 2008.  The FDIC may adjust rates uniformly from one quarter to the next, except that no single adjustment can exceed three basis points.
 
The FDIC is authorized to set the reserve ratio for the DIF annually at between 1.15% and 1.5% of estimated insured deposits, in contrast to the statutorily fixed ratio of 1.25% under the old system. The ratio, which is viewed by the FDIC as the level that the funds should achieve, was established by the agency at 1.25% for 2007. The Reform Act also provided for the possibility that the FDIC may pay dividends to insured institutions once the DIF reserve ratio equals or exceeds 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The Reform Act also provided for a one-time credit for eligible institutions based on their assessment base as of December 1996. Subject to certain limitations with respect to institutions that are exhibiting weaknesses, credits can be used to offset future assessments until exhausted.

The FDIC has issued rules increasing the assessment rates banks pay for deposit insurance in order to restore the deposit insurance fund. The final rules uniformly raised rates for the first quarter of 2009 by 7 basis points, on an annual basis, for all banks. The FDIC also issued proposed rules where future rates would be based on an institution’s risk, with riskier institutions bearing a greater share of the proposed increase. Final rules on the risk-based premium assessment are expected in the first quarter of 2009.
 
FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.   On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), which is comprised of the Debt Guarantee Program (“DGP”) and the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”).
 
7

 
The TAGP provides unlimited deposit insurance coverage through December 31, 2009, for non-interest bearing transaction accounts and certain interest-bearing accounts (negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) accounts with interest rates of 0.50% or less and lawyers trust accounts) at FDIC-insured depository institutions.  Depository institutions participating in the TAGP will be assessed, on a quarterly basis, an annualized 10 basis points fee on the balance of each covered account in excess of the existing FDIC deposit insurance limit of $250,000 that was established on a temporary basis, through December 31, 2009, by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
 
The DGP provides an FDIC guarantee of certain senior unsecured debt of FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies.  The unsecured debt must be issued on or after October 14, 2008 and not later than October 31, 2009, and the guarantee is effective through the earlier of the maturity date or June 30, 2012.  The DGP coverage limit is generally 125% of the eligible entity’s eligible debt outstanding on September 30, 2008 and scheduled to mature on or before June 30, 2009 or, for certain insured institutions, 2% of their liabilities as of September 30, 2008.  The proceeds of debt guaranteed under the DGP may not be used to prepay debt that is not guaranteed by the FDIC.  Depending on the term of the debt maturity, the nonrefundable DGP fee ranges from 50 to 100 basis points (annualized) for covered debt outstanding until the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012.
 
The TAGP and DGP are in effect for all eligible entities, unless the entity opted out on or before December 5, 2008. The Company is participating in the TAGP and is eligible to participate in the DGP although the Company has not chosen to issue any debt under the program at this time.

Federal Home Loan Bank System .   The FHLB system provides a central credit facility for member institutions. As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta in an amount at least equal to 0.20% (or 20 basis points) of the Bank’s total assets at the end of each calendar year, plus 4.5% of its outstanding advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of Atlanta under the new activity-based stock ownership requirement.  On December 31, 2008, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement.

Community Reinvestment.   Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by regulations of the FDIC, an insured institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop, consistent with the CRA, the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the federal banking regulators, in connection with their examinations of insured institutions, to assess the institutions’ records of meeting the credit needs of their communities, using the ratings of  “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “substantial noncompliance,” and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by those institutions. All institutions are required to make public disclosure of their CRA performance ratings. The Bank received an “outstanding” rating in its last CRA examination, which was conducted during March 2007.

Prompt Corrective Action.   The FDIC has broad powers to take corrective action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions.  The extent of these powers will depend upon whether the institution in question is "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized," or "critically undercapitalized."  Under the regulations, an institution is considered: (A) "well capitalized" if it has (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, (ii) a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, (iii) a leverage ratio of 5% or greater and (iv) is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (B) "adequately capitalized" if it has (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (ii) a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater and (iii) a leverage ratio of 4% or greater (or 3% or greater in the case of an institution with the highest examination rating); (C)"undercapitalized" if it has (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, (ii) a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 4% or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 4% (or 3% in the case of an institution with the highest examination rating); (D) "significantly undercapitalized" if it has (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, or (ii) a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 3% or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 3%; and (E) "critically undercapitalized" if the institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets equal to or less than 2%.

Changes in Control.   The BHCA prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings bank or merging or consolidating with another bank holding company or savings bank holding company without prior approval of the Federal Reserve.  Similarly, Federal Reserve approval (or, in certain cases, non-disapproval) must be obtained prior to any person acquiring control of the Company.  Control is conclusively presumed to exist if, among other things, a person acquires more than 25% of any class of voting stock of the Company or controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of the Company.  Control is presumed to exist if a person acquires more than 10% of any class of voting stock
 
8

 
and the stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the acquiror will be the largest shareholder after the acquisition.

Federal Securities Law .   The Company has registered its Common Stock with the SEC pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  As a result of such registration, the proxy and tender offer rules, insider trading reporting requirements, annual and periodic reporting and other requirements of the Exchange Act are applicable to the Company.

Transactions with Affiliates.   Under current federal law, depository institutions are subject to the restrictions contained in Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act with respect to loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders.  Under Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive officers and shareholders who own more than 10% of a depository institution (18% in the case of institutions located in an area with less than 30,000 in population), and certain affiliated entities of any of the foregoing, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated entities, the institution's loans-to-one-borrower limit (as discussed below).  Section 22(h) also prohibits loans above amounts prescribed by the appropriate federal banking agency to directors, executive officers and shareholders who own more than 10% of an institution, and their respective affiliates, unless such loans are approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the institution.  Any "interested" director may not participate in the voting.  The FDIC has prescribed the loan amount (which includes all other outstanding loans to such person), as to which such prior board of director approval is required, as being the greater of $25,000 or 5% of capital and surplus (up to $500,000).  Further, pursuant to Section 22(h), the Federal Reserve requires that loans to directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions with non-executive employees of the Bank.  The FDIC has imposed additional limits on the amount a bank can loan to an executive officer.

Loans to One Borrower.   The Bank is subject to the Commissioner's loans to one borrower limits which are substantially the same as those applicable to national banks.  Under these limits, no loans and extensions of credit to any borrower outstanding at one time and not fully secured by readily marketable collateral shall exceed 15% of the unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus of the bank.  Loans and extensions of credit fully secured by readily marketable collateral may comprise an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.   The federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”) dramatically changed various federal laws governing the banking, securities and insurance industries.  The GLB Act has expanded opportunities for banks and bank holding companies to provide services and engage in other revenue-generating activities that previously were prohibited to them.  However, this expanded authority also may present us with new challenges as our larger competitors are able to expand their services and products into areas that are not feasible for smaller, community oriented financial institutions.  The GLB Act likely will have a significant economic impact on the banking industry and on competitive conditions in the financial services industry generally.

USA Patriot Act of 2001 .   In 2001, Congress enacted the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (the “Patriot Act”).  The Patriot Act is intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement and the intelligence community to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts.  The potential impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of all kinds is significant and wide ranging.  The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and contains various regulations, including standards for verifying customer identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .   The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is sweeping federal legislation addressing accounting, corporate governance and disclosure issues. The impact of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act is wide-ranging as it applies to all public companies and imposes significant new requirements for public company governance and disclosure requirements.  Some of the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act became effective immediately while others are still being implemented.

In general, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act mandates important new corporate governance and financial reporting requirements intended to enhance the accuracy and transparency of public companies’ reported financial results.  It establishes new responsibilities for corporate chief executive officers, chief financial officers and audit committees in the financial reporting process and creates a new regulatory body to oversee auditors of public companies.  It backs these requirements with new SEC enforcement tools, increases criminal penalties for federal mail, wire and securities fraud, and creates new criminal penalties for document and record destruction in connection with federal investigations.  It also
 
9

 
increases the opportunity for more private litigation by lengthening the statute of limitations for securities fraud claims and providing new federal corporate whistleblower protection.
 
The economic and operational effects of this new legislation on public companies, including us, will be significant in terms of the time, resources and costs associated with complying with the new law.  Because the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, for the most part, applies equally to larger and smaller public companies, we will be presented with additional challenges as a smaller, community-oriented financial institution seeking to compete with larger financial institutions in our market.

The Company qualified as an accelerated filer in accordance with Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, effective December 31, 2006.  Therefore, the Company was subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX 404”).  The Company incurred additional consulting and audit expenses in becoming compliant with SOX 404, and will continue to incur additional audit expenses to comply with SOX 404 when SOX 404 becomes applicable to smaller reporting companies.  Management does not expect expenses related to SOX 404 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.  The Company qualified as a smaller reporting company effective June 30, 2008, due to a decrease in market capitalization.  Management does not expect significant cost savings from this change in filing status, as certification of the effectiveness of internal controls by management will still be required.

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.   The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”)was enacted in October 2008 in response to the financial crisis.  Under the EESA, the UST has the authority to take actions to restore liquidity and stability to the U.S. financial system.  The CPP was the first program under the UST’s Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”).  The CPP is a voluntary program in which selected, healthy financial institutions were encouraged to participate.  Approved use of the funds includes providing credit to qualified borrowers, either as companies or individuals, among other things.  Such participation is intended to support the economic development of the community and thereby restore the health of the local and national economy.  On December 23, 2008, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the UST.  Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell 25,054 shares of Series A preferred stock and a warrant to purchase 357,234 shares of common stock associated with the Company’s participation in the CPP under the TARP.  Proceeds from this issuance of preferred shares were allocated between preferred stock and the warrant based on their relative fair values at the time of the sale.  Of the $25.1 million in proceeds, $24.4 million was allocated to the Series A preferred stock and $704,000 was allocated to the common stock warrant.  The discount recorded on the preferred stock that resulted from allocating a portion of the proceeds to the warrant is being accreted directly to retained earnings over a five-year period applying a level yield.  No dividends were declared or paid on the Series A preferred stock during 2008, and cumulative undeclared dividends at December 31, 2008 were $28,000.

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.   The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009  was enacted in February 2009 to provide a stimulus to the U.S. economy in the wake of the economic downturn brought about by the financial crisis and the resulting credit crunch.  The Company does not expect any significant impact from this legislation other the restrictions on executive compensation for companies participating in the TARP.

Government Monetary Policies and Economic Controls.   Our earnings and growth, as well as the earnings and growth of the banking industry, are affected by the credit policies of monetary authorities, including the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the national supply of bank credit in order to combat recession and curb inflationary pressures. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits, and changes in the Federal Reserve discount rate. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits, and may also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve authorities have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to have such an effect in the future.
 
In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in money markets, as well as the effect of credit policies by monetary and fiscal authorities, including the Federal Reserve, no prediction can be made as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, and loan demand, or their effect on our business and earnings or on the financial condition of our various customers.
 
Other.   Additional regulations require annual examinations of all insured depository institutions by the appropriate federal banking agency, with some exceptions for small, well-capitalized institutions and state chartered institutions examined by state regulators.  Additional regulations also establish operational and managerial, asset quality,
 
10

 
earnings and stock valuation standards for insured depository institutions, as well as compensation standards.

The Bank is subject to examination by the FDIC and the Commissioner.  In addition, the Bank is subject to various other state and federal laws and regulations, including state usury laws, laws relating to fiduciaries, consumer credit and equal credit, fair credit reporting laws and laws relating to branch banking.  The Bank, as an insured North Carolina commercial bank, is prohibited from engaging as a principal in activities that are not permitted for national banks, unless (i) the FDIC determines that the activity would pose no significant risk to the appropriate deposit insurance fund and (ii) the Bank is, and continues to be, in compliance with all applicable capital standards.
 
Under Chapter 53 of the North Carolina General Statutes, if the capital stock of a North Carolina commercial bank is impaired by losses or otherwise, the Commissioner is authorized to require payment of the deficiency by assessment upon the bank's shareholders, pro rata, and to the extent necessary, if any such assessment is not paid by any shareholder, upon 30 days notice, to sell as much as is necessary of the stock of such shareholder to make good the deficiency.

ITEM 1A.             RISK FACTORS

The following are potential risks that management considers material and that could affect the future operating results and financial condition of the Bank and the Company.  The risks are not listed in any particular order of importance, and there is the potential that there are other risks that have either not been identified or that management believed to be immaterial but which could in fact adversely affect the Bank’s operating results and financial condition.

Loss of key personnel could adversely impact results
The success of the Bank has been and will continue to be greatly influenced by the ability to retain the services of existing senior management.  The Bank has benefited from consistency within its senior management team, with its top five executives averaging over 16 years of service with the Bank.  The Company has entered into employment contracts with each of these top management officials.  Nevertheless, the unexpected loss of the services of any of the key management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse impact on the business and financial results of the Bank.

A significant amount of the Bank’s business is concentrated in lending which is secured by property located in the Catawba Valley and surrounding areas
In addition to the financial strength and cash flow characteristics of the borrower in each case, the Bank often secures its loans with real estate collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. If the Bank is required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan during a period of reduced real estate values to satisfy the debt, the Bank’s earnings and capital could be adversely affected.

Additionally, with most of the Bank’s loans concentrated in the Catawba Valley and surrounding areas, a decline in local economic conditions could adversely affect the values of the Bank’s real estate collateral. Consequently, a decline in local economic conditions may have a greater effect on the Bank’s earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of larger financial institutions whose real estate loan portfolios are geographically diverse.

An inadequate allowance for loan losses would reduce our earnings
The risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value and marketability of the collateral for the loan. Management maintains an allowance for loan losses based upon, among other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality. Considering such factors, management makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectability of the loan portfolio and provides an allowance for loan losses based upon a percentage of the outstanding balances within assigned risk grades and for specific loans when their ultimate collectability is considered questionable. If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is inadequate to absorb future losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities require the Bank to increase the allowance for loan losses as a part of their examination process, the Bank’s earnings and capital could be significantly and adversely affected.  For further discussion related to our process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, see “Allowance for Loan Losses” within “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results and Operation” of this Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit 13.
 
11


Changes in interest rates affect profitability and assets
Changes in prevailing interest rates may hurt the Bank’s business. The Bank derives its income primarily from the difference or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. In general, the larger the spread, the more the Bank earns. When market rates of interest change, the interest the Bank receives on its assets and the interest the Bank pays on its liabilities will fluctuate. This can cause decreases in the “spread” and can adversely affect the Bank’s income. Changes in market interest rates could reduce the value of the Bank’s financial assets. Fixed-rate investments, mortgage-backed and related securities and mortgage loans generally decrease in value as interest rates rise. In addition, interest rates affect how much money the Bank lends. For example, when interest rates rise, the cost of borrowing increases and the loan originations tend to decrease. If the Bank is unsuccessful in managing the effects of changes in interest rates, the financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

We measure interest rate risk under various rate scenarios using specific criteria and assumptions. A summary of this process, along with the results of our net interest income simulations is presented within “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” of this Annual Report which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit 13.

The Company’s Business May Be Adversely Affected by Conditions in the Financial Markets and Economic Conditions
Since December 2007, the United States has been in a recession. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions is greatly reduced and local governments and many businesses are in serious difficulty due to the lack of consumer spending and the lack of liquidity in the credit markets. Unemployment has increased significantly.

Since mid-2007, and particularly during the second half of 2008, the financial services industry and the securities markets generally were materially and adversely affected by significant declines in the values of nearly all asset classes and by a serious lack of liquidity. This was initially triggered by declines in home prices and the values of subprime mortgages, but spread to all mortgage and real estate asset classes, to leveraged bank loans and to nearly all asset classes, including equities. The global markets have been characterized by substantially increased volatility and short-selling and an overall loss of investor confidence, initially in financial institutions, but more recently in companies in a number of other industries and in the broader markets.

Market conditions have also led to the failure or merger of a number of prominent financial institutions. Financial institution failures or near-failures have resulted in further losses as a consequence of defaults on securities issued by them and defaults under contracts entered into with such entities as counterparties. Furthermore, declining asset values, defaults on mortgages and consumer loans, and the lack of market and investor confidence, as well as other factors, have all combined to increase credit default swap spreads, to cause rating agencies to lower credit ratings, and to otherwise increase the cost and decrease the availability of liquidity, despite very significant declines in Federal Reserve borrowing rates and other government actions. Some banks and other lenders have suffered significant losses and have become reluctant to lend, even on a secured basis, due to the increased risk of default and the impact of declining asset values on the value of collateral. The foregoing has significantly weakened the strength and liquidity of some financial institutions worldwide. In 2008, the U.S. government, the Federal Reserve and other regulators have taken numerous steps to increase liquidity and to restore investor confidence, including investing approximately $200 billion in the equity of other banking organizations, but asset values have continued to decline and access to liquidity continues to be very limited.

The Company’s financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, is highly dependent upon on the business environment in the markets where the Company operates, in the State of North Carolina and in the United States as a whole. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, economic growth, efficient capital markets, low inflation, high business and investor confidence, and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by: declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; natural disasters; or a combination of these or other factors.

Overall, during 2008, the business environment has been adverse for many households and businesses in the United States and worldwide. The business environment in North Carolina and the markets in which the Company operates has been less adverse than in the United States generally but continues to deteriorate. It is expected that the business environment in the State of North Carolina, the United States and worldwide will continue to deteriorate for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that these conditions will improve in the near term. Such conditions could adversely affect the credit quality of the Company’s loans, results of operations and financial condition.
 
12

 
The Bank faces strong competition from other banks and financial institutions which can hurt its business
The financial services industry is highly competitive.  The Bank competes against commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage banks, brokerage firms, investment advisory firms, insurance companies and other financial institutions. Many of these entities are larger organizations with significantly greater financial, management and other resources than the Bank has.  Moreover, one national money center commercial bank is headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina, only 40 miles from the Bank's primary market area.

While management believes it can and does successfully compete with other financial institutions in our market, we may face a competitive disadvantage as a result of our smaller size and lack of geographic diversification.
 
Government regulations and policies impose limitations and may result in higher operating costs and competitive disadvantages
The Bank is subject to extensive federal government supervision and regulation that is intended primarily to protect depositors and the FDIC’s Bank Insurance Fund, rather than the Company’s shareholders. Existing banking laws subject the Bank to substantial limitations with respect to loans, the purchase of securities, the payment of dividends and many other aspects of banking business. Some of the banking laws may increase the cost of doing business or otherwise adversely affect the Bank and create competitive advantages for non-bank competitors. There can be no assurance that future legislation or government policy will not adversely affect the banking industry or the Bank’s operations. Federal economic and monetary policy may also affect the Bank’s ability to attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads.

The Government has the ability to change the terms of the TARP agreement at any time.  Future changes in the TARP agreement could adversely affect the Company.

Changes in technology may impact the Bank’s business
The Bank uses various technologies in its business and the banking industry is undergoing rapid technological changes.  The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs.  The Bank’s future success will depend in part on its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as create additional efficiencies in the Bank’s operations.  The Bank’s competitors may have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements.

The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of larger public companies which can cause price volatility
                The trading history of our common stock has been characterized by relatively low trading volume. The value of a shareholder’s investment may be subject to sudden decreases due to the volatility of the price of our common stock, which trades on the NASDAQ Global Market.
 
The market price of our common stock may be volatile and subject to fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the factors discussed in other risk factors and the following:
 
·  
actual or anticipated fluctuation in our operating results;
·  
changes in interest rates;
·  
changes in the legal or regulatory environment in which we operate;
  ●    press releases, announcements or publicity relating to us or our competitors or relating to trends in our industry;
·  
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts and investors;
●  future sales of our common stock;
  changes in economic conditions in our market, general conditions in the U.S. economy, financial markets or the banking industry; and
  other developments affecting our competitors or us.
 
      These factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent a shareholder from selling common stock at or above the current market price.
 
13


We may be subject to examinations by taxing authorities which could adversely affect our results of operations
  In the normal course of business, we may be subject to examinations from federal and state taxing authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments we have made and the businesses in which we are engaged. Recently, federal and state taxing authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions. The challenges made by taxing authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in our favor, they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to pay dividends in the future in accordance with past practice
We have in the past paid a quarterly dividend to shareholders.  However, we are dependent primarily upon the Bank for our earnings and funds to pay dividends on our common stock. The payment of dividends also is subject to legal and regulatory restrictions. Any payment of dividends in the future will depend, in large part, on the Bank’s earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors.

Under the terms of the CPP, the UST has a preferential right to the payment of cumulative dividends on the CPP Series A preferred stock.  No dividends are permitted to be paid to common shareholders unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the CPP preferred stock were fully paid. Any increase in dividends to common shareholders above the amount last declared prior to October 14, 2008 ($0.12 per share quarterly in the case of the Company) is subject to the consent of the UST for the first three years of the CPP preferred stock investment.

Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition
Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial results and condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.

From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of those standards that govern the preparation of our external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how we report our results of operations and financial condition. We could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts.

Our internal controls may be ineffective
Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Impairment of investment securities or deferred tax assets could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations
In assessing the impairment of investment securities, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issues, and the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The impact of each of these impairment matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure
Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and core application processing. While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to
 
14

 
our customers and otherwise to conduct our business. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption, or security breach of our information systems, we cannot assure you that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

New requirements under EESA and changes in the TARP CPP regulations may adversely affect our operations and financial condition
Given the current international, national and regional economic climate, it is unclear what effect the provisions of the EESA will have with respect to our profitability and operations. In addition, the US government, either through the UST or some other federal agency, may also advance additional programs that could materially impact our profitability and operations.

Liquidity is essential to our businesses
Our liquidity could be impaired by an inability to access the capital markets or unforeseen outflows of cash. This situation may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects third parties or us. Our credit ratings are important to our liquidity. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity and competitive position, increase our borrowing costs, limit our access to the capital markets or trigger unfavorable contractual obligations.

Negative publicity could damage our reputation
Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative public opinion could result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to that conduct.

Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports, or other financial information could cause us to enter into unfavorable transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


ITEM 1B.               UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.
 
15

 
ITEM 2.                  PROPERTIES

At December 31, 2008, the Bank conducted its business from the headquarters office in Newton, North Carolina, its Banco de la Gente administrative office and its 21 other branch offices in Lincolnton, Hickory, Newton, Catawba, Conover, Claremont, Maiden, Denver, Triangle, Hiddenite, Charlotte, Monroe, Cornelius, Mooresville and Raleigh, North Carolina.  The Bank also operates a loan production office in Denver, North Carolina.  The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Bank's properties at December 31, 2008.
 
Owned
Corporate Office
518 West C Street
Newton, North Carolina  28658
 
420 West A Street
Newton, North Carolina 28658
 
2619 North Main Avenue
Newton, North Carolina  28658
 
213 1st Street, West
Conover, North Carolina  28613
 
3261 East Main Street
Claremont, North Carolina  28610
 
6125 Highway 16 South
Denver, North Carolina  28037
 
5153 N.C. Highway 90E
Hiddenite, North Carolina  28636
 
200 Island Ford Road
Maiden, North Carolina  28650
 
3310 Springs Road NE
Hickory, North Carolina  28601
 
142 South Highway 16
Denver, North Carolina  28037
 
106 North Main Street
Catawba, North Carolina 28609
 
2050 Catawba Valley Boulevard
Hickory, North Carolina  28601
 
800 E. Arrowood Road
Charlotte, NC  28217
 
1074 River Highway
Mooresville, NC, 28117
 
 
Leased
1333 2nd Street NE
Hickory, North Carolina  28601
 
1910 East Main Street
Lincolnton, North Carolina  28092
 
760 Highway 27 West
Lincolnton, North Carolina 28092
 
102 Leonard Avenue
Newton, North Carolina 28658
 
6300 South Boulevard
Suite 100
Charlotte, North Carolina 28217
 
4451 Central Avenue
Suite A
Charlotte, North Carolina  28205
 
3752/3754 Highway 16 North
Denver, North Carolina  28037
 
501 West Roosevelt Boulevard
Monroe, NC  28110
 
9624-I Bailey Road
Cornelius, North Carolina  28031
 
4011 Capital Boulevard
Raleigh, NC  27604
 
 
ITEM 3.                 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the opinion of management, the Company is not involved in any material pending legal proceedings other than routine proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business.

ITEM 4.                 SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matter was submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders during the quarter ended December 31, 2008.
 
16

 
PART II

ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER  MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The information required by this Item is set forth under the section captioned "Market for the Company’s Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters" on page A-28 of the Annual Report.  The Annual Report is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).  See "Item 1.  BUSINESS--Supervision and Regulation" above for regulatory restrictions which limit the ability of the Company to pay dividends.

The information required by Item 201(d) concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth in Item 12 hereof .
 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
               
                     
  Period
 
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
 
Average
Price Paid
per Share
 
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
 
Maximum Number
of Shares that May
 Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
  Programs*
   
                     
January 1 - 31, 2008
  -   $ -   -   24,503   (1)
                       
February 1 - 28, 2008
  26,256     14.00   25,000   -        
                       
March 1 - 31, 2008
  -     -   -   100,000   (2)
                       
April 1 - 30, 2008
  -     -   -   100,000   (2)
                       
May 1 - 31, 2008
  1,215     14.03   -   100,000   (2)
                       
June 1 - 30, 2008
  15,875     12.83   15,500   84,500   (2)
                       
July 1 - 31, 2008
  -     -   -   84,500   (2)
                       
August 1 - 31, 2008
  -     -   -   84,500   (2)
                       
September 1 - 30, 2008
  2,510     11.59   -   84,500   (2)
                       
October 1 - 31, 2008
  -     -   -   84,500   (2)
                       
November 1 - 30, 2008
  904     11.26   -   84,500   (2)
                       
December 1 - 31, 2008
  50,425     11.54   50,000   34,500   (2)
                       
 Total
  97,185   $ 12.45   90,500        
                       
(1) Reflects number of shares that may yet be purchased under the Stock Repurchase Plan through the end of August 31, 2008 as authorized by the Company's Board of Directors in August 2007.
   
                       
(2) Reflects number of shares that may yet be purchased under the Stock Repurchase Plan through the end of March 31, 2009 as authorized by the Company's Board of Directors in March 2008.
   
                       
*Due to the Company's participation in the CPP, UST approval is required for the Company to repurchase
   
shares of outstanding common stock.
                     
 
The information required by Item 201(e), the Performance Graph, is set forth in the section captioned “Stock Performance Graph” on page A-29 of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).
 
17

 
On December 23, 2008, the Company issued 25,054 shares of Series A preferred stock and a warrant to purchase 357,234 shares of the Company's common stock to the United States Department of the Treasury through a private placement. This issuance of shares was not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on the exemption set for in Section 4(2) thereof.

ITEM 6.                 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The information required by this Item is set forth in the table captioned "Selected Financial Data" on page A-3 of the Annual Report, which table is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).

ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information required by this Item is set forth in the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-29 of the Annual Report, which section is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).

ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by this Item is set forth in the section captioned “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” on page A-26 of the Annual Report, which section is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).

ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and supplementary data set forth on pages A-30 through A-61 of the Annual Report are included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).

ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.
 
 
 
 
 
18

 
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company have concluded, based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Report, that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13A-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms.

There have been no significant changes in internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and depositions of the assets of the company, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.

The Company’s independent registered public accountants have issued an audit report on our assessment of the company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Their report is included herein.

 

 
 /s/ Tony W. Wolfe
 
 /s/ A. Joseph Lampron
Tony W. Wolfe
 
A. Joseph Lampron
Chief Executive Officer
 
Chief Financial Officer
March 20, 2009
 
March 20, 2009
 
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.  Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

ITEM 9B.              OTHER INFORMATION

None
 
 
19

 
PART III

ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required by this Item regarding directors and executive officers of the Company is set forth under the sections captioned “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors - Nominees” contained in the Proxy Statement and “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors - Executive Officers” contained in the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by this Item regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is set forth under the section captioned “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” contained in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by this Item regarding identification of members of the Company’s Audit Committee is set forth under the section captioned “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” contained in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to the Company’s employees, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer.  The Company has also adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, which is reviewed annually, and amended as needed, by the Committee.  The Company will provide to any person, without charge, upon request, a copy of these documents.  To request a copy, a written request should be submitted to the Company’s corporate headquarters, addressed to the attention of A. Joseph Lampron, Chief Financial Officer.  These documents are also available on the Bank’s website (www.peoplesbanknc.com) under “Investor Relations.”

ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is set forth under the sections captioned “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” contained in the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” contained in the Proxy Statement and the section captioned “Equity Compensation Plan Information” contained in the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

See the section captioned “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors - Indebtedness of and Transactions with Management and Directors” contained in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.                PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

See the section captioned “Proposal 4 - Ratification of Selection of Independent Auditor” contained in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
 
 
 
20

 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.
 
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
           
15(a)1.
 
Consolidated Financial Statements (contained in the Annual Report attached hereto as Exhibit (13)
   
and incorporated herein by reference)
           
   
(a)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
           
   
(b)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007
           
   
(c)
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
     
2006
   
           
   
(d)
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended
     
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
           
   
(e)
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31,
     
2008, 2007 and 2006
 
           
   
(f)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007
     
and 2006
   
           
   
(g)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
           
15(a)2.
 
Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
           
   
All schedules have been omitted, as the required information is either inapplicable or included in
   
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
           
15(a)3.
 
Exhibits
   
 
  Exhibit (3)(1) Articles of Amendment dated December 19, 2008, regarding the Series A
    Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(1) to the Form 8-
    K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commissionon December 29,
    2008
     
 
Exhibit (3)(i)
Articles of Incorporation of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.,
   
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(i) to the Form 8-A filed with the
   
Securities and Exchange Commission on September 2, 1999
     
 
Exhibit (3)(ii)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina,
   
Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(ii) to the Form 10-Q filed
   
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2007
     
 
Exhibit (4)
Specimen Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to the
   
Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
    September 2, 1999
     
 
Exhibit (4)(1)
Form of Certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock, incorporated by
   
reference to Exhibit (4)(1) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and
   
Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (4)(2)
Warrant dated December 23, 2008, for the purchase of shares of Common 
   
Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)(2) to the Form 8-K filed
   
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
 
 
21

 
 
 
Exhibit (10)(1)
Letter Agreement dated December 23, 2008 between the Registrant and the
   
United States Department of the Treasury, incorporated by reference to
   
Exhibit (10)(1) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
   
Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(a)(i)
Employment Letter Agreement dated December 23, 2008 between Peoples
   
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Tony W. Wolfe, incorporated by
   
reference to Exhibit (10)(a)(i) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities
   
and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(a)(ii)
Amendment to Employment Agreement between Peoples Bank and Tony
   
W. Wolfe dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
   
(10)(a)(ii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
   
Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(a)(iii)
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between
   
Peoples Bank and Tony W. Wolfe dated December 18, 2008, incorporated
   
by reference to Exhibit (10)(a)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with the
   
Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(b)(i)
Employment Letter Agreement dated December 23, 2008 between Peoples
   
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Joseph F. Beaman, Jr., incorporated by
   
reference to Exhibit (10)(b)(i) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities
   
and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(b)(ii)
Amendment to Employment Agreement between Peoples Bank and Joseph
   
F. Beaman, Jr. dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to
   
Exhibit (10)(b)(ii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
   
Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(b)(iii)
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between
   
Peoples Bank and Joseph F. Beaman, Jr. dated December 18, 2008,
   
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(b)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with
   
the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(c)(i)
Employment Letter Agreement dated December 23, 2008 between Peoples
   
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and William D. Cable, Sr., incorporated
   
by reference to Exhibit (10)(c)(i) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities
   
and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(c)(ii)
Amendment to Employment Agreement between Peoples Bank and
   
William D. Cable, Sr. dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by
   
reference to Exhibit (10)(c)(ii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities
   
and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(c)(iii)
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between
   
Peoples Bank and William D. Cable, Sr. dated December 18, 2008,
   
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(c)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with
   
the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(d)(i)
Employment Letter Agreement dated December 23, 2008 between Peoples
   
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Lance A. Sellers, incorporated by
   
reference to Exhibit (10)(d)(i) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities
   
and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(d)(ii)
Amendment to Employment Agreement between Peoples Bank and Lance
   
A.. Sellers dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
   
(10)(d)(ii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities  and Exchange
   
Commission on December 29, 2008
 
 
22

 
 
 
Exhibit (10)(d)(iii)
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between
   
Peoples Bank and Lance A. Sellers dated December 18, 2008,
   
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with
   
the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(e)
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. Omnibus Stock Ownership and
   
Long Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(f) to
   
the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
   
March 30, 2000
     
 
Exhibit (10)(e)(i)
Amendment No. 1 to the Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
   
Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan incorporated by
   
reference to (10)(e)(i) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities
   
and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2007
     
 
Exhibit (10)(f)(i)
Employment Letter Agreement dated December 23, 2008 between Peoples
   
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and A. Joseph Lampron, incorporated by
   
reference to Exhibit (10)(f)(i) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities
   
and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(f)(ii)
Amendment to Employment Agreement between Peoples Bank and A.
   
Joseph Lampron dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to
   
Exhibit (10)(f)(ii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities  and Exchange
   
Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(f)(iii)
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between
   
Peoples Bank and A. Joseph Lampron dated December 18, 2008,
   
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(f)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with
   
the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(g)
Peoples Bank Directors' and Officers' Deferral Plan, incorporated by
   
reference to Exhibit (10)(h) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities
   
and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2002
     
 
Exhibit (10)(h)
Rabbi Trust for the Peoples Bank Directors' and Officers' Deferral Plan,
   
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(i) to the Form 10-K filed with the
   
Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2002
     
 
Exhibit (10)(i)
Description of Service Recognition Program maintained by Peoples Bank,
   
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(i) to the Form 10-K filed with the
   
Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2003
     
 
Exhibit (10)(j)
Capital Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of June 26, 2006, by and
   
among Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc., PEBK Capital Trust II
   
and Bear, Sterns Securities Corp. incorporated by reference to Exhibit
   
10(j) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange
   
Commission on November 13, 2006
     
 
Exhibit (10)(k)
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of PEBK Capital Trust II, dated
   
as of June 28, 2006 incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(k) to the
   
Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
   
November 13, 2006
     
 
Exhibit (10)(l)
Guarantee Agreement of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. dated as
   
of June 28, 2006 incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(l) to the Form
   
10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November
   
13, 2006
 
 
23

 
 
 
Exhibit (10)(m)
Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2006, by and between Peoples Bancorp of
   
North Carolina, Inc. and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee,
   
relating to Junior Subordinated Debt Securities Due September 15, 2036,
   
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(m) to the Form 10-Q filed with the
   
Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2006
     
 
Exhibit (10)(n)
Form of Amended and Restated Director Supplemental Retirement
   
Agreement between Peoples Bank and Directors Robert C. Abernethy,
   
James S. Abernethy, Douglas S. Howard, John W. Lineberger, Jr., Gary E.
   
Matthews, Dr. Billy L. Price, Jr., Larry E. Robinson, W. Gregory Terry,
   
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr., and Benjamin I. Zachary, incorporated by
   
reference to Exhibit (10)(n) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and
   
Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
     
 
Exhibit (10)(o)
2009 Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. Omnibus Stock Ownership
   
and Long Term Incentive Plan
     
 
Exhibit (11)
Statement regarding computation of per share earnings
     
 
Exhibit (12)
Statement regarding computation of ratios
     
 
Exhibit (13)
2008 Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
     
 
Exhibit (14)
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of Peoples Bancorp of North
   
Carolina, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit (14) to the Form 10-K
   
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 2005
     
 
Exhibit (21)
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
     
 
Exhibit (23)
Consent of Porter Keadle Moore, LLP
     
 
Exhibit (31)(a)
Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to section 302 of the
   
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     
 
Exhibit (31)(b)
Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to section 302 of the
   
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     
 
Exhibit (32)
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
   
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
24


 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
   
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
    (Registrant)
       
       
 
 
By:
/s/ Tony W. Wolfe
   
Tony W. Wolfe
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
     
    Date:  March 20, 2009
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/ Tony W. Wolfe
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
March 20, 2009
Tony W. Wolfe
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
   
         
/s/ James S. Abernethy
 
Director
 
March 20, 2009
James S. Abernethy
       
         
/s/ Robert C. Abernethy
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
 
March 20, 2009
Robert C. Abernethy
       
         
/s/ Douglas S. Howard
 
Director
 
March 20, 2009
Douglas S. Howard
       
         
/s/ A. Joseph Lampron
 
Executive Vice President and Chief
 
March 20, 2009
A. Joseph Lampron
 
Financial Officer (Principal Financial
   
   
and Principal Accounting Officer)
   
         
/s/ John W. Lineberger, Jr.
 
Director
 
March 20, 2009
John W. Lineberger, Jr.
       
         
/s/ Gary E. Matthews
 
Director
 
March 20, 2009
Gary E. Matthews
       
         
/s/ Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.
 
Director
 
March 20, 2009
Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.
       
         
/s/ Larry E. Robinson
 
Director
 
March 20, 2009
Larry E. Robinson
       
         
/s/ William Gregory Terry
 
Director
 
March 20, 2009
William Gregory Terry
       
         
/s/ Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
 
Director
 
March 20, 2009
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
       
         
/s/ Benjamin I. Zachary
 
Director
 
March 20, 2009
Benjamin I. Zachary
       
 
 
25

 
EXHIBIT (10)(o)

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.


OMNIBUS STOCK OWNERSHIP AND
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
February 19, 2009

THIS IS THE OMNIBUS STOCK OWNERSHIP AND LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (“Plan”) of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”), a North Carolina corporation with its principal office in Newton, Catawba County, North Carolina, under which Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Options to acquire Shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units, and/or Book Value Shares may be granted from time to time to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees of the Company and of any of its Subsidiaries, subject to the following provisions.
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Additional terms defined in this Plan shall have the meanings ascribed to them when first used herein.

Award .   An award, grant or issuance of any of the Rights available under this Plan.

Award Agreement .   The agreement between the Company and/or the Bank and the Grantee that evidences and sets out the terms and conditions of an Award.

                Bank .
Peoples Bank, Newton, North Carolina.

Board .   The Board of Directors of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

Book Value Share .  The Right of a Grantee to receive cash compensation under such terms and conditions as described in Article VII.

Book Value Share Agreement .  The agreement between the Company and the Grantee with respect to Book Value Shares granted to such Grantee, including such terms and provisions as are necessary or appropriate under Article VII.

Change In Control .    Any one of the following corporate events: (i) a Change of Ownership; (ii) a Change in Effective Control; or (iii) a Change of Asset Ownership; in each case, as defined herein and as further defined and interpreted in Section 409A.

(i) “Change of Ownership” shall mean the date one person (or group) acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock previously held, constitutes
 
1

 
               more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided that such person (or group) did not previously own 50% or more of the
               value or voting power of the stock of the Company.

(ii) “Change in Effective Control” means the date either (A) one person (or group) acquires (or has acquired during the proceeding 12 months) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company stock or (B) a majority of the board of directors of the Company is replaced during any 12 month period by directors whose election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company prior to such election.

(iii) “Change of Asset Ownership” means the date one person (or group) acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value that is equal to or exceeds 40% of the total gross fair market value of all the Company’s assets immediately prior to such acquisition.

(iv)  For purposes of determining whether the Company has undergone a Change in Control under the Plan, the term “Company” shall include any corporation that is a majority shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (i.e., owning more than 50% of the total fair market value and total voting power of the Company).

Code .   The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee .   The Compensation Committee of the Board, which shall be composed solely of two or more members of the Board who are “non-employee directors” as described in Rule 16(b)(3) of the Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Common Stock .   The Common Stock, no par value, of the Company.

Corporate Transaction .   Any one or more of the following transactions:

 
 (i)
a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated;
 
(ii)          
the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including without limitation the capital stock of the Company’s Subsidiaries);
 
(iii)         
approval by the Company’s shareholders of any plan or proposal for the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
(iv)        
any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which securities possessing more than fifty (50%) percent of the total combined voting
 
 
2

 
 
  
power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or entity or persons or entities different from those that held such securities immediately prior to such merger; or
 
(v)        
acquisition by any person or entity or related group of persons or entities (other than the Company or a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficiary ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty (50%) percent of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities (whether or not in a transaction also constituting a Change in Control).
 
Death .   The date and time of death of an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee who has received Rights, as established by the relevant death certificate.

Disability .   The date on which an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee who has received Rights is:

 
(i)
Unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or
 
 
(ii)
By reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment (which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months) receiving income replacement benefits for a period of 3 or more months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company and/or the Bank, or
 
 
(iii)
Determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration.

Effective Date .   Pursuant to the action of the Board adopting the Plan, the date as of which this Plan is effective is the date it is approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Eligible Directors .   Those individuals who are duly elected directors of the Company or any Subsidiary who are serving in such capacity and who have been selected by the Committee as a person to whom a Right or Rights shall be granted under the Plan.

Eligible Employees .   Those individuals who meet the following eligibility requirements:

 
(i)
Such individual must be a full time employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.  For this purpose, an individual shall be considered to be an “employee” only if there exists between the Company or a Subsidiary and the individual the legal and bona fide relationship of employer and employee.  In determining whether such relationship exists, the regulations of the United States Treasury Department 
 
 
3

 
 
 
 
relating to the determination of such relationship for the purpose of collection of income tax at the source on wages shall be applied.
 
 
(ii)
If the Registration shall not have occurred, such individual must have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment involved in the receipt and/or exercise of a Right.

 
(iii)
Such individual, being otherwise an Eligible Employee under the foregoing items, shall have been selected by the Committee as a person to whom a Right or Rights shall be granted under the Plan.

Fair Market Value .   With respect to the Company’s Common Stock, the market price per share of such Common Stock determined by the Committee, consistent with the requirements of Sections 409 and 422 of the Code and to the extent consistent therewith, determined as follows, as of the date specified in the context within which such term is used:

 
(i)
When there is a public market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by (A) the closing price for a share on the market trading day on the date of the determination (and if a closing price was not reported on that date, then the arithmetic mean of the closing bid and asked prices at the close of the market on that date, and if these prices were not reported on that date, then the closing price on the last trading date on which a closing price was reported) on the stock exchange or national market system that is the primary market for the Shares; and (B) if the shares are not traded on such stock exchange or national market system, the arithmetic mean of the closing bid and asked prices for a share on the Nasdaq Stock Market for the day prior to the date of the determination (and if these prices were not reported on that date, then on the last date on which these prices were reported), in each case as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source that the Committee considers reliable in its exclusive discretion.

 
(ii)
If the Committee, in its exclusive discretion, determines that the foregoing methods do not apply or produce a reasonable valuation, then Fair Market Value shall be determined by an independent appraisal that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(28)(C) as of a date within twelve (12) months before the date of the transaction for which the appraisal is used, e.g., the date of grant of an Award (the “Appraisal”).  If the Committee, in its exclusive discretion, determines that the Appraisal does not reflect information available after the date of the Appraisal that may materially affect the value of the shares, then Fair Market Value shall be determined by a new Appraisal.

 
(iii)
The Committee shall maintain a written record of its method of determining Fair Market Value.

Grantee .   A person who receives or holds an Award under the Plan.
 
 
4

 
ISO .   An “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Non-Qualified Option .   Any Option granted under Article III whether designated by the Committee as a Non-Qualified Option or otherwise, other than an Option designated by the Committee as an ISO, or any Option so designated but which, for any reason, fails to qualify as an ISO pursuant to Section 422 of the Code and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Option Agreement .   The agreement between the Company and a Grantee with respect to Options granted to such Grantee, including such terms and provisions as are necessary or appropriate under Article III.

Options .   ISOs and Non-Qualified Options are collectively referred to herein as “Options;” provided, however, whenever reference is specifically made only to ISOs or Non-Qualified Options, such reference shall be deemed to be made to the exclusion of the other.

Parent .   A corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if on the date of grant of an Award each corporation, other than the Company, owns stock possessing at least fifty (50%) percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.
 
Performance Units .   The Right of a Grantee to receive a combination of cash and Shares under such terms and conditions as described in Article V.

Performance Unit Agreement .   The agreement between the Company and a Grantee with respect to the award of Performance Units to the Grantee, including such terms and conditions as are necessary or appropriate under Article V.

Plan Pool .   A total of 360,000 shares of authorized but unissued Common Stock, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

Registration .   The registration by the Company under the 1933 Act and applicable state “Blue Sky” and securities laws of this Plan, the offering of Rights under this Plan, the offering of Shares under this Plan, and/or the Shares acquirable under this Plan.

Related Entity . A corporation or other entity, other than the Company, to which the Grantee primarily provides services on the date of grant of an Award, and any corporation or other entity, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company in which each corporation or other entity has a controlling interest in another corporation or other entity in the chain, ending with the corporation or other entity that has a controlling interest in the corporation or other entity to which the Grantee primarily provides services on the date of grant of an Award.  For a corporation, a controlling interest means ownership of stock possessing at least fifty (50%) percent of total combined voting power of all classes of stock, or at least fifty (50%) percent of the total value of all classes of stock.  For a partnership or limited liability company, a controlling interest means ownership of at least fifty
 
5

 
(50%) percent of the profits interest or capital interest of the entity.  In determining ownership, the rules of Treasury Regulation §§1.414(c)-3 and 1.414(c)-4 apply.

Related Entity Disposition .   The sale, distribution, or other disposition by the Company, Parent, or a Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the interests of the Company, Parent, or a Subsidiary in any Related Entity effected by a sale, merger, consolidation, or other transaction involving that Related Entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of that Related Entity, other than any Related Entity Disposition to the Company, Parent, or a Subsidiary.

Restricted Stock .   The Shares which a Grantee shall be entitled to receive under such terms and conditions as described in Article IV.

Restricted Stock Agreement .   The agreement between the Company and a Grantee with respect to Rights to receive Restricted Stock, including such terms and provisions as are necessary or appropriate under Article IV.

Restricted Stock Units .   The Right of a Grantee to receive cash and/or Shares under such terms and conditions as described in Article IV.

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement .   The agreement between the Company and a Grantee with respect to Rights to receive the value of Shares, either in the form of cash or Shares, including such terms and provisions as are necessary or appropriate under Article IV.

Rights .   The rights to exercise, purchase or receive the Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, SARs and Book Value Shares described herein.

SAR .   The Right of a Grantee to receive cash under such terms and conditions as described in Article VI.

SAR Agreement .   The agreement between the Company and a Grantee with respect to the SAR awarded to the Grantee, including such terms and conditions as are necessary or appropriate under Article VI.

SEC .   The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 409A .   Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, including guidance and regulations issued thereunder.

Section 424 Corporate Transaction .   The occurrence, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following:  (i) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (ii) a sale or other disposition of more than fifty (50%) percent of the outstanding stock of the Company; (iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction after which the Company is not the surviving corporation; (iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction after which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares outstanding
 
6

 
immediately preceding the merger, consolidation, or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by reason of the transaction into other stock, property, or cash; or (v) a distribution by the Company (excluding an ordinary dividend or a stock split or stock dividend described in Treasury Regulation §1.424-1(e)(4)(v)).

Separation from Service .   When an employee, director, and contractor to the Company, Bank, and all Parents and Related Entities has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, including when the Grantee dies, retires or has a termination of service in as explained in the following provisions:

 
(i)
The employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the Grantee is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence, if the period of leave does not exceed six (6) months or, if longer, as long as the employee’s right to reemployment with the Company, Bank, a Parent or a Related Entity is provided by statute or contract.  A leave of absence is bona fide only if there is a reasonable expectation that the employee will return to perform services for the Company, Bank, Parent, or Related Entity.  If the period of leave exceeds six (6) months and the Grantee’s right to reemployment is not provided by statute or contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first day immediately following the six (6) month period;
 
(ii)           
A director or contractor has a separation from service upon the expiration of the contract, and if there is more than one contract, all contracts, under which the director or contractor performs services as long as the expiration is a good faith and complete termination of the contractual relationship; and
 
 
(iii)
If a Grantee performs services in more than one capacity, the Grantee must separate from service in all capacities as an employee, director, and contractor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Grantee provides services both as an employee and a director, the services provided as a director are not taken into account in determining whether the Grantee has a separation from service as an employee under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan in which the Grantee participates as an employee and that is not aggregated under Section 409A with any plan in which the Grantee participates as a director.  In addition, if a Grantee provides services both as an employee and a director, the services provided as an employee are not taken into account in determining whether the Grantee has a separation from service as a director under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan in which the Grantee participates as a director and that is not aggregated under Section 409A with any plan in which the Grantee participates as an employee.

Share .   A share of Common Stock.

Specified Employee .   A “specified employee” as defined by Section 409A.  As of the date of the adoption of this amended and restated Plan, Section 409A provides that if the
 
7

 
Company’s Common Stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, then “specified employee” means senior officers who make $130,000 or more annually (indexed) (limited to the top 3 such officers or, if greater (up to a maximum of 50), the top 10%)); 1% owners whose compensation is $150,000 or more annually; and 5% owners regardless of their compensation).

Subsidiary . A subsidiary corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, under Code Section 424(f).
 
Tax Withholding Liability .   All federal and state income taxes, social security tax, and any other taxes applicable to the compensation income arising from the transaction required by applicable law to be withheld by the Company.

Termination of Employment .   In this Plan, all references to termination of employment mean that the Eligible Employee or Eligible Director has had a Separation from Service.

Transfer .  The sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, loan, gift, attachment, levy upon, assignment for the benefit of creditors, by operation of law (by will or descent and distribution), transfer by a qualified domestic relations order, a property settlement or maintenance agreement, transfer by result of the bankruptcy laws or otherwise of a Share or of a Right.

1933 Act .   The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1934 Act .   The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
 
 
8

 
ARTICLE II
GENERAL

Section 2.1 .   Purpose .   The purposes of this Plan are to encourage and motivate directors and key employees to contribute to the successful performance of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the growth of the market value of the Common Stock; to achieve a unity of purpose among such directors, key employees and the Company’s shareholders by providing ownership opportunities, and a unity of interest among such parties in the achievement of the Company’s primary long term performance objectives; and to retain key employees by rewarding them with potentially tax-advantageous future compensation.  These objectives will be promoted through the granting of Rights to designated Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

Section 2.2 .   Administration .

(a)  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee which meets, and shall continue to meet, the standards of Rule 16b-3(d)(1) promulgated by the SEC under the 1934 Act.  Subject to the provisions of SEC Rule 16b-3(d)(1), the Committee may designate any officers or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary to assist in the administration of the Plan, to execute documents on behalf of the Committee and to perform such other ministerial duties as may be delegated to them by the Committee.

(b)  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the determinations and the interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan by the Committee shall be final and conclusive upon all persons affected thereby.  By way of illustration and not of limitation, the Committee shall have the discretion (a) to construe and interpret the Plan and all Rights granted hereunder and to determine the terms and provisions (and amendments thereof) of the Rights granted under the Plan (which need not be identical); (b) to define the terms used in the Plan and in the Rights granted hereunder; (c) to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (d) to determine the Eligible Employees to whom and the time or times at which such Rights shall be granted, the number of Shares, as and when applicable, to be subject to each Right, the exercise, other relevant purchase price or value pertaining to a Right, and the determination of leaves of absence which may be granted to Eligible Employees without constituting a termination of their employment for the purposes of the Plan, provided that the determination must be in compliance with Section 409A if Section 409A applies to the Rights; and (e) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  Provided, however, that the Committee shall administer and interpret the Plan in a manner so as to comply with Section 409A to the extent that Section 409A applies to any portion(s) of the Plan.  Only the full Board has the discretion to determine the Eligible Directors to whom and the time or times at which such Rights shall be granted, the number of Shares, as and when applicable, to be subject to each Right, the exercise, and other relevant purchase price or value pertaining to a Right.  References to the Committee contained in this Agreement will also mean the Board wherever Rights of Eligible Directors are addressed.
 
9


(c)  It shall be in the discretion of the Committee to grant Options to purchase Shares which qualify as ISOs under the Code or which will be given tax treatment as Non-Qualified Options.  Any Options granted which fail to satisfy the requirements for ISOs shall become Non-Qualified Options.

(d)  The intent of the Company is to register the (i) offering of Shares pertaining to or underlying the Rights and the offering of Rights pursuant to this Plan, (ii) this Plan and (iii) the Rights, to the extent required, under the 1933 Act and applicable state securities and “Blue Sky” laws.  In such event, the Company shall make available to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees receiving Rights, and/or Shares in connection therewith, all disclosure documents required under such federal and state laws.  If such Registration shall not occur, the Committee shall be responsible for supplying the recipient of a Right, and/or Shares in connection therewith, with such information about the Company as is contemplated by the federal and state securities laws in connection with exemptions from the registration requirements of such laws, as well as providing the recipient of a Right with the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the Company and the terms and conditions of the Rights granted under this Plan.  In addition, if such Registration shall not occur, the Committee shall be responsible for determining the maximum number of Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees and the suitability of particular persons to be Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees in order to comply with applicable federal and state securities statutes and regulations governing such exemptions.

(e)  In determining the Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees to whom Rights shall be granted and the number of Shares to be covered by each Right, the Committee shall take into account the nature of the services rendered by such Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant.  An Eligible Director or Eligible Employee who has been granted a Right under the Plan may be granted additional Rights under the Plan if the Committee shall so determine.

If, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, or otherwise in connection with the Plan, it is necessary that the percentage of stock ownership of an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee be determined, the ownership attribution provisions set forth in Section 424(d) of the Code shall be controlling.

(f)  The granting of Rights pursuant to this Plan is in the exclusive discretion of the Committee, and until the Committee acts, no individual shall have any rights under this Plan.  The terms of this Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with this intent.
 
10

 
Section 2.3 .   Stock Matters .

(a)   Shares Available for Rights .  Shares shall be subject to, or underlying, grants of Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, SARs, Performance Units and Book Value Shares under this Plan.  The total number of Shares for which, or with respect to which, Rights may be granted (including the number of Shares in respect of which Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, SARs, Performance Units and Book Value Shares may be granted) under this Plan shall be those designated in the Plan Pool.  In the event that a Right granted under the Plan to any Eligible Director or Eligible Employee expires or is terminated unexercised as to any Shares covered thereby, such Shares thereafter shall be deemed available in the Plan Pool for the granting of Rights under this Plan; provided, however, if the expiration or termination date of a Right is beyond the term of the Plan as described in Section 8.3, then any Shares covered by unexercised or terminated Rights shall not reactivate the existence of this Plan and therefore shall not be available for additional grants of Rights under this Plan.

(b)   Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization .  Subject to any required action by the Company’s shareholders, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of Shares that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each such outstanding Award, as well as any other terms that the Committee determines in its exclusive discretion require adjustment, may be proportionately adjusted for (a) any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, or reclassification of the Shares, or similar event affecting the Shares; (b) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; or (c) as the Committee determines in its exclusive discretion, any other transaction with respect to Common Stock to which Code Section 424(a) applies or any similar transaction; provided, however, that conversion of any convertibles securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been effected without receipt of consideration.  Such adjustment, if any, shall be made by the Committee in its exclusive discretion, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as the Committee determines in its exclusive discretion, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.

(c)  Corporate Transactions/Changes in Control/Related Entity Dispositions .  Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement:

 
(i)
On the specified effective date of a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, each Award that is at the time outstanding automatically shall become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions applicable to ISOs) and repurchase or forfeiture rights, immediately prior to the specified effective 
 
 
11

 

 
 
date of such Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, for all the Shares at the time represented by such Award (except to the extent that such acceleration of exercisability would result in an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code).  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Committee may, in its exclusive discretion, provide as part of a Section 424 Corporate Transaction that any one or more of the foregoing provisions shall not apply.
 
(ii)          
On the specified effective date of a Related Entity Disposition, for each Grantee who on such specified effective date is engaged primarily in service to the Related Entity that is the subject of the Related Entity Disposition, each Award that is at the time outstanding automatically shall become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions applicable to ISOs) and repurchase and forfeiture rights, immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Related Entity Disposition, for all the Shares at the time represented by such Award.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Committee may, in its exclusive discretion, provide as part of a Section 424 Corporate Transaction that any one or more of the foregoing provisions shall not apply.
 
(iii)        
The Committee may provide in any Award, Award Agreement, or as part of a Section 424 Corporate Transaction, that if the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1 (without regard to the requirement described in Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a)(2) that an eligible corporation be the employer of the optionee) would be met if the stock right were an ISO, the substitution of a new stock right pursuant to a Section 424 Corporate Transaction for an outstanding stock right or the assumption of an outstanding stock right pursuant to a Section 424 Corporate Transaction shall not be treated as the grant of a new stock right or a change in the form of payment.  The requirement of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a)(5)(iii) is deemed satisfied if the ratio of the exercise price to the Fair Market Value of the Shares immediately after the substitution or assumption is not greater than the ratio of the exercise price to the Fair Market Value of the Shares immediately before the substitution or assumption.  In the case of a transaction described in Code Section 355 in which the stock of the distributing corporation and the stock distributed in the transaction are both readily tradable on an established securities market immediately after the transaction, the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a)(5) may be satisfied by:
 
(1)  
using the last sale before or the first sale after the specified date as of which such valuation is being made, the closing price on the last trading day before or the trading day of a specified date, the arithmetic 
 
 
12

 
 
  
mean of the high and low prices on the last trading day before or the trading day of such specified date, or any other reasonable method using actual transactions in such stock as reported by such market on a specified date, for the stock of the distributing corporation and the stock distributed in the transaction, provided the specified date is designated before such specified date, and such specified date is not more than sixty (60) days after the transaction;
 
(2)  
using the arithmetic mean of such market price on trading days during a specified period designated before the beginning of such specified period, when such specified period is not longer than thirty (30) days and ends no later than sixty (60) days after the transaction; or
 
(3)  
using an average of such prices during such prespecified period weighted based on the volume of trading of such stock on each trading day during such prespecified period.
 
(d)   No Limitations on Power of Company .  The grant of a Right pursuant to this Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassification, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

(e)  No fractional Shares shall be issued under this Plan for any adjustment under Section 2.3(b).

Section 2.4 .   Section 409A Matters .  T he Plan and the Awards issued hereunder are intended to fall within available exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code (the incentive stock option exemption, the exemption for certain nonqualified stock options and stock appreciation rights issued at Fair Market Value, the restricted property exemption, and/or the short-term deferral exemption).  Thus, it is intended that the Awards fall outside the scope of Section 409A and are not required to comply with the Section 409A requirements.  The Plan and the Awards will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with the intent set forth herein.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan or in any Award Agreement, (i) this Plan and each Award Agreement may be amended from time to time as the Committee may determine to be necessary or appropriate in order to avoid any grant of any Rights, this Plan, or any Award Agreement from resulting in the inclusion of any compensation in the gross income of any Participant under Section 409A as amended from time to time, and (ii) if any provision of this Plan or of any Award Agreement would otherwise result in the inclusion of any compensation in the gross income of any Participant under Section 409A as amended from time to time, then such provision shall not apply as to such Participant and the Committee, in its discretion, may apply in lieu thereof another provision that (in the judgment of the Committee) accomplishes the intent of this Plan or such Award Agreement without resulting in such inclusion so long as such action by the Committee does not violate Section 409A.  The Company makes no representation or warranty regarding the treatment of this Plan or the benefits payable
 
13

 
under this Plan or any Award Agreement under federal, state or local income tax laws, including Section 409A.

Section 2.5 .   Amendment and Discontinuance . The Board may at any time alter, suspend, terminate or discontinue the Plan, subject to Section 409A, and subject to any applicable regulatory requirements and any required shareholder approval or any shareholder approval which the Board may deem advisable for any reason, such as for the purpose of obtaining or retaining any statutory or regulatory benefits under tax, securities or other laws or satisfying applicable stock exchange or quotation system listing requirements.  The Board may not, without the consent of the Grantee of an Award previously granted, make any alteration which would deprive the Grantee of his rights with respect thereto, except to the extent an amendment is required in order for the Award to comply with Section 409A, if applicable to the Award, or to fall within an exemption from Section 409A.

Section 2.6 .   Compliance with Rule 16b-3 .   With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, transactions under this Article III are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the 1934 Act.  To the extent any provision of this Article III or action by the Board or the Committee fails so to comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.

Section 2.7 .   Term and Termination of Awards other than Performance Units .

(a)  The Committee shall determine, and each Award Agreement shall state, the expiration date or dates of each Award, but such expiration date shall be not later than ten (10) years after the date such Award is granted (the “Award Period”).  In the event an ISO is granted to a 10% Shareholder, the expiration date or dates of each Award Period shall be not later than five (5) years after the date such ISO is granted.  The Committee, in its discretion, may extend the expiration date or dates of an Award Period after such date was originally set; provided, however, such expiration date may not exceed the maximum expiration date described in this Section 2.7(a).  Provided further that no extension will be granted if it would violate Section 409A to the extent that Section 409A applies to the Award.

(b) To the extent not previously exercised, each Award will terminate upon the expiration of the Award Period specified in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that each such Award will terminate upon the earlier of: (i) twelve (12) months after the date that the Grantee ceases to be an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee by reason of Death or Disability; or (ii) immediately as of the date that the Grantee ceases to be an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee for any reason other than Death or Disability.  Any portions of Awards not exercised within the foregoing periods shall terminate.

(c)  This Section 2.7 applies to all Awards other than Performance Units.

Section 2.8 .   Delay of Certain Payments Upon Termination of Employment .   Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent any Right is subject to Section
 
14

 
409A, and payment or exercise of such Right is on account of a Termination of Employment, such payment or exercise shall only be effectuated if the Grantee incurs a Separation from Service.  Payment will occur on the 60 th day after the Separation from Service.  Provided, however, that if the Grantee is a Specified Employee, payment or exercise shall be effectuated on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service.
 
ARTICLE III
OPTIONS

Section 3.1 .   Grant of Options .

(a)  The Company may grant Options to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees as provided in this Article III.  Options will be deemed granted pursuant to this Article III only upon (i) authorization by the Committee, and (ii) the execution and delivery of an Option Agreement by the Grantee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.  Options will not be deemed granted hereunder merely upon authorization of such grant by the Committee.  The aggregate number of Shares potentially acquirable under all Options granted shall not exceed the total number of Shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially acquired under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.

(b)  The Committee shall designate Options at the time a grant is authorized as either ISOs or Non-Qualified Options.  The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time an ISO is granted) of the Shares as to which an ISO may first become exercisable by a Grantee in a particular calendar year (pursuant to Article III and all other plans of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries) may not exceed $100,000 (the “$100,000 Limitation”).  If a Grantee is granted Options in excess of the $100,000 Limitation, or if such Options otherwise become exercisable with respect to the number of Shares which would exceed the $100,000 Limitation, such excess Options shall be Non-Qualified Options.

Section 3.2 .   Exercise Price .     The exercise price of each Option granted under the Plan (the “Exercise Price”) shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option.  In the case of ISOs granted to a shareholder who owns capital stock of the Company possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of the capital stock of the Company (a “10% Shareholder”), the Exercise Price of each Option granted under the Plan to such 10% Shareholder shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option.

Section 3.3 .   Terms and Conditions of Options .

(a)  All Options must be granted within ten (10) years of the Effective Date.
 
15


(b)  The Committee may grant ISOs and Non-Qualified Options, either separately or jointly, to an Eligible Employee.  The Committee may grant Non-Qualified Options to an Eligible Director but may not grant ISOs to an Eligible Director.

(c)  The grant of Options shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its discretion, consistent with the provisions of this Article III, and the Option Agreement will fix the number of Shares subject to the Option.

(d)  At the discretion of the Committee, a Grantee, as a condition to the granting of the Option, must execute and deliver to the Company a confidential information agreement approved by the Committee.

(e)  Nothing contained in Article III, any Option Agreement or in any other agreement executed in connection with the granting of an Option under this Article III will confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(f) Except as otherwise provided herein, each Option Agreement may specify the period or periods of time within which each Option or portion thereof will first become exercisable (the “Vesting Period”) with respect to the total number of Shares acquirable thereunder.  Such Vesting Periods will be fixed by the Committee in its discretion, and may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee in its discretion.

(g)  Not less than one hundred (100) Shares may be purchased at any one time through the exercise of an Option unless the number purchased is the total number at that time purchasable under all Options granted to the Grantee.

(h)  A Grantee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares underlying such Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price by such Grantee for the stock being purchased.  No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Shares is fully paid for, except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c).

(i)  All Shares obtained pursuant to an Option which is designated and qualifies as an ISO shall be held in escrow for a period which ends on the later of (i) two (2) years from the date of the granting of the ISO or (ii) one (1) year after the issuance of such Shares pursuant to the exercise of the ISO.  Such Shares shall be held by the Company or its designee.  The Grantee who has exercised the ISO shall have all rights of a shareholder, including, but not limited, to the rights to vote, receive dividends and sell such shares.  The sole purpose of the escrow is to inform the Company of a disqualifying disposition of the Shares acquired within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, and it shall be administered solely for this purpose.
 
16


(j)   When Non-Qualified Options are transferred or exercised, the transfer or exercise shall be subject to taxation under Code Section 83 and Treasury Regulation §1.83-7.  No Non-Qualified Option awarded hereunder shall contain any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of exercise or disposition of the Option under Treasury Regulation §1.83-7 or the time the stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the option first becomes substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(b).  Further, each Non-Qualified Option will comply with any other applicable Section 409A requirement in order to maintain the status of the Non-Qualified Option as exempt from the requirements of Section 409A.

Section 3.4 .   Exercise of Options .

(a)  A Grantee must at all times be an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee from the date of grant until the exercise of the Options granted, except as provided in Section 2.7(b).

(b)  An Option may be exercised to the extent exercisable (i) by giving written notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and, if applicable, accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price thereof and the amount of withholding taxes pursuant to Section 3.4(c) below; and (ii) by giving assurances satisfactory to the Company that the Shares to be purchased upon such exercise are being purchased for investment and not with a view to resale in connection with any distribution of such Shares in violation of the 1933 Act; provided, however, that in the event of the prior occurrence of the Registration or in the event resale of such Shares without such Registration would otherwise be permissible, the second condition will be inoperative if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such condition is not required under the 1933 Act or any other applicable law, regulation or rule of any governmental agency.

(c)  As a condition to the issuance of the Shares upon full or partial exercise of a Non-Qualified Option, the Grantee will pay to the Company in cash, or in such other form as the Committee may determine in its discretion, the amount of the Company’s Tax Withholding Liability required in connection with such exercise.

(d)  The Exercise Price of an Option shall be payable to the Company either (i) in United States dollars, in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company, or (ii) at the discretion of the Committee, through the delivery of outstanding shares of the Common Stock owned by the Grantee with a Fair Market Value at the date of delivery equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option(s) being exercised, or (iii) at the discretion of the Committee by a combination of (i) and (ii) above.  No Shares shall be delivered until full payment has been made.  Except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c), the Committee may not approve a reduction of such Exercise Price in any such Option, or the cancellation of any such Options and the regranting thereof to the same Grantee at a lower Exercise Price, at a time when the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock is lower than it was when such Option was granted.
 
17

 
Section 3.5 .   Restrictions On Transfer .   An Option granted under Article III may not be Transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of the Grantee to whom it was granted, may be exercised only by such Grantee.

Section 3.6 .   Stock Certificates .   Certificates representing the Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of Options will bear all legends required by law and necessary to effectuate the provisions hereof.  The Company may place a “stop transfer” order against such Shares until all restrictions and conditions set forth in this Article III, the applicable Option Agreement, and in the legends referred to in this Section 3.6 have been complied with.
 
ARTICLE IV
RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANTS

Section 4.1 .   Grants of Restricted Stock .

(a)  The Company may grant Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees as provided in this Article IV.  Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units will be deemed granted only upon (i) authorization by the Committee and (ii) the execution and delivery of a Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as applicable, by the Grantee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will not be deemed to have been granted merely upon authorization by the Committee.  The aggregate number of Shares potentially acquirable under all Restricted Stock Agreements and all Restricted Stock Unit Agreements shall not exceed the total number of Shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially acquirable under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.

(b)  Each grant of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units pursuant to this Article IV will be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as applicable, between the Company and the Grantee in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with this Article IV.  Each Restricted Stock Agreement and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement will specify the purchase price per share (the “Purchase Price”), if any, with respect to the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to be issued to the Grantee thereunder.  The Purchase Price will be fixed by the Committee in its exclusive discretion.  The Purchase Price will be payable to the Company in United States dollars in cash or by check or such other legal consideration as may be approved by the Committee, in its exclusive discretion.

(c)  Without limiting the foregoing, each Restricted Stock Agreement and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall include the following terms and conditions:

(i)  Nothing contained in this Article IV, any Restricted Stock Agreement, any Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, or in any other agreement executed in connection with the issuance of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under this Article IV will confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the
 
18

 
continuation of his or her status as an employee or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(ii)  Except as otherwise provided herein, each Restricted Stock Agreement and each Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall specify the period or periods of time within which each share of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit or portion thereof will first become exercisable (the "Vesting Period") with respect to the total number of shares of Restricted Stock acquirable thereunder.  Such Vesting Period will be fixed by the Committee in its discretion, but generally shall be at least two (2) years and one day of continued service with the Company.  The Committee may, in its discretion, establish a shorter Vesting Period by specifically providing for such shorter period in the Restricted Stock Agreement; provided, however, that the Vesting Period shall not be less than one (1) year and one day of continued service with the Company after the date on which the Restricted Stock Right is granted.

(iii)  Each Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall specify whether the distribution will be in the form of cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares.

(iv)  Upon satisfaction of the Vesting Period and any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions, the Grantee shall be entitled to receive his Restricted Stock or payment of his Restricted Stock Unit(s) on or before the sixtieth (60 th ) day following satisfaction of the Vesting Period as provided in the Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as applicable.

Section 4.2 .   Restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .

(a)  Restricted Stock Units may not be Transferred, and shares of Restricted Stock acquired by a Grantee may be Transferred only in accordance with the specific limitations on the Transfer of Restricted Stock imposed by applicable state or federal securities laws and set forth below, and subject to certain undertakings of the transferee set forth in Section 4.2(c).  All Transfers of Restricted Stock not meeting the conditions set forth in this Section 4.2(a) are expressly prohibited.

(b)  Any Transfer of Restricted Stock Units and any prohibited Transfer of Restricted Stock is void and of no effect.  Should such a Transfer purport to occur, the Company may refuse to carry out the Transfer on its books, attempt to set aside the Transfer, enforce any undertaking or right under this Section 4.2, or exercise any other legal or equitable remedy.

(c)  Any Transfer of Restricted Stock that would otherwise be permitted under the terms of this Plan is prohibited unless the transferee executes such documents as the Company may reasonably require to ensure the Company’s rights under a Restricted Stock Agreement and this Article IV are adequately protected with respect to the
 
19

 
Restricted Stock so Transferred.  Such documents may include, without limitation, an agreement by the transferee to be bound by all of the terms of this Plan applicable to Restricted Stock, and of the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, as if the transferee were the original Grantee of such Restricted Stock.

(d)  To facilitate the enforcement of the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Article IV, the Committee may, at its discretion, require the Grantee of shares of Restricted Stock to deliver the certificate(s) for such shares with a stock power executed in blank by the Grantee and the Grantee’s spouse, to the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee, to hold said certificate(s) and stock power(s) in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such Transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement.  The certificates may be held in escrow so long as the shares of Restricted Stock whose ownership they evidence are subject to any restriction on Transfer under this Article IV or under a Restricted Stock Agreement.  Each Grantee acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company (or his or her designee) is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to the issuance of shares of Restricted Stock under this Article IV, that the appointment is coupled with an interest, and that it accordingly will be irrevocable.  The escrow holder will not be liable to any party to a Restricted Stock Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless the escrow holder is grossly negligent relative thereto.  The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine.

Section 4.3 .    Compliance with Law .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IV, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be issued pursuant to this Article IV only after there has been compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and such issuance will be subject to this overriding condition.  The Company may include shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units in a Registration, but will not be required to register or qualify Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units with the SEC or any state agency, except that the Company will register with, or as required by local law, file for and secure an exemption from such registration requirements from, the applicable securities administrator and other officials of each jurisdiction in which an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee would be issued Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units hereunder prior to such issuance.

Section 4.4 .   Stock Certificates .   Certificates representing the Restricted Stock issued pursuant to this Article IV will bear all legends required by law and necessary to effectuate the provisions hereof.  The Company may place a “stop transfer” order against shares of Restricted Stock until all restrictions and conditions set forth in this Article IV, the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and in the legends referred to in this Section 4.4, have been complied with.

Section 4.5 .   Market Standoff .   To the extent requested by the Company and any underwriter of securities of the Company in connection with a firm commitment underwriting, no Grantee of any shares of Restricted Stock will sell or otherwise Transfer any such shares not included in such underwriting, or not previously registered in a Registration, during the one
 
20

 
hundred twenty (120) day period following the effective date of the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with such offering.

Section 4.6 .    Rights of Grantees of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units .

(a)  A Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until he receives Restricted Shares at the conclusion of the Vesting Period.
 
(b)  A Grantee shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(c)  Unless the Committee otherwise provides in a dividend agreement awarded to the Grantee at the time of the Award Agreement, the Grantee shall have no rights to dividends, whether cash or stock, until the Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units vest and Shares are delivered to the Grantee except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c).
 
ARTICLE V
PERFORMANCE UNITS

Section 5.1 .   Awards of Performance Units .

(a)  The Committee may grant awards of Performance Units to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees as provided in this Article V.  Performance Units will be deemed granted only upon (i) authorization by the Committee and (ii) the execution and delivery of a Performance Unit Agreement by the Grantee and an authorized officer of the Company.  Performance Units will not be deemed granted merely upon authorization by the Committee.  Performance Units may be granted in such amounts and to such Grantees as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion subject to the limitation in Section 5.2 below.

(b)  Each grant of Performance Units pursuant to this Article V will be evidenced by a Performance Unit Agreement between the Company and the Grantee in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with this Article V.

(c)  Except as otherwise provided herein, Performance Units will be distributed only after the end of a performance period of two or more years (“Performance Period”) beginning with the year in which such Performance Units were awarded.  The Performance Period shall be set by the Committee for each year’s awards.

(d)  The percentage of the Performance Units awarded under this Section 5.1 that will be distributed to Grantees shall depend on the levels of financial performance and other performance objectives achieved during each year of the Performance Period;
 
21

 
provided, however, that the Committee may adopt one or more performance categories or eliminate all performance categories other than financial performance.  Financial performance shall be based on the consolidated results of the Company and its Subsidiaries prepared on the same basis as the financial statements published for financial reporting purposes and determined in accordance with Section 5.1(e) below.  Other performance categories adopted by the Committee shall be based on measurements of performance as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

(e)  Distributions of Performance Units awarded will be based on the Company’s financial performance with results from other performance categories applied as a factor, not exceeding one, against financial results.  The annual financial and other performance results will be averaged over the Performance Period and translated into percentage factors according to graduated criteria established by the Committee for the entire Performance Period.  The resulting percentage factors shall determine the percentage of Units to be distributed.

No distributions of Performance Units, based on financial performance and other performance, shall be made if a minimum average percentage of the applicable measurement of performance, to be established by the Committee, is not achieved for the Performance Period.  The performance levels achieved for each Performance Period and percentage of Performance Units to be distributed shall be conclusively determined by the Committee.

(f)  The percentage of Performance Units awarded and which Grantees become entitled to receive based on the levels of performance will be determined as soon as practicable after each Performance Period and are called “Retained Performance Units.”

(g)  On or before the 60 th day after determination of the number of Retained Performance Units, such Retained Performance Units shall be distributed in the form of a combination of shares and cash.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine how much of the Retained Performance Unit will be distributed in cash and how much will be distributed in Shares.  The Performance Units awarded, but which Grantees do not become entitled to receive, shall be cancelled.

(h)  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article V, the Committee, if it determines in its sole discretion that it is necessary or advisable under the circumstances, may adopt rules pursuant to which Eligible Employees by virtue of hire, or promotion or upgrade to a higher employee grade classification, or special individual circumstances, may be granted the total award of Performance Units or any portion thereof, with respect to one or more Performance Periods that began in prior years and at the time of the awards have not yet been completed.

Section 5.2 .   Limitations .   The aggregate number of Shares potentially distributable under all Units granted shall not exceed the total number of Shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially acquirable under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.
 
22

 
Section 5.3 .   Terms and Conditions .

(a)  All awards of Performance Units must be made within ten (10) years of the original Effective Date.

(b)  The award of Performance Units shall be evidenced by a Performance Unit Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its discretion, consistent with the provisions of this Article V.

(c)  Nothing contained in this Article V, any Performance Unit Agreement or in any other agreement executed in connection with the award of Performance Units under this Article V will confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 5.4 .   Special Distribution Rules .

(a)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.4, a Grantee must be an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee from the date a Unit is awarded to him or her continuously through and including the date of distribution of such Unit.

(b)  In case of the Death or Disability of a Grantee prior to the end of any Performance Period, whether before or after any event set forth in Section 2.3(c), the number of Performance Units awarded to the Grantee for such Performance Period shall be reduced pro rata based on the number of months remaining in the Performance Period after the month of Death or Disability.  The remaining Performance Units, reduced in the discretion of the Committee to the percentage indicated by the levels of performance achieved prior to the date of Death or Disability, if any, shall be distributed within a reasonable time after Death or Disability.  All other Units awarded to the Grantee for such Performance Period shall be cancelled.

(c)  In case of the termination of the Grantee’s status as an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee prior to the end of any Performance Period for any reason other than Death or Disability, all Performance Units awarded to the Grantee with respect to any such Performance Period shall be immediately forfeited and cancelled.

(d)  Upon a Grantee’s promotion to a higher employee grade classification, the Committee may award to the Grantee the total Performance Units, or any portion thereof, which are associated with the higher employee grade classification for the current Performance Period.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee may reduce or eliminate awards to a Grantee who has been demoted to a lower employee grade classification, and where circumstances warrant, may permit continued participation, proration or early distribution, or a combination thereof, of awards which would otherwise be cancelled.
 
23

 
Section 5.5 .   Rights of Grantees of Performance Units .

(a)  A Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until he receives Shares, if any.
 
(b)  A Grantee shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company.  Performance Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(c)  Unless the Committee otherwise provides in a dividend agreement awarded to the Grantee at the time of the Performance Unit Agreement, the Grantee shall have no rights to dividends, whether cash or stock, unless and until Shares are delivered to the Grantee except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c).

Section 5.6 .   Extraordinary Adjustment .   In addition to the provisions of Section 2.3(b), if an extraordinary change occurs during a Performance Period which significantly alters the basis upon which the performance levels were established under Section 5.1 for that Performance Period, to avoid distortion in the operation of this Article V, but subject to Section 5.2, the Committee may make adjustments in such performance levels to preserve the incentive features of this Article V, whether before or after the end of the Performance Period, to the extent it deems appropriate in its sole discretion, which adjustments shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties concerned.  Provided, however, that such adjustment must comply with Section 409A.  Such changes may include, without limitation, adoption of, or changes in, accounting practices, tax laws and regulatory or other laws or regulations; economic changes not in the ordinary course of business cycles; or compliance with judicial decrees or other legal authorities.

Section 5.7 .   Other Conditions .

(a)  No person shall have any claim to be granted an award of Performance Units under this Article V and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Eligible Directors, Eligible Employees or Grantees under this Article V.  Performance Units under this Article V may not be Transferred.

(b)  The Company shall have the right to deduct from any distribution or payment in cash under this Article V, and the Grantee or other person receiving Shares under this Article V shall be required to pay to the Company, any Tax Withholding Liability.  The number of Shares to be distributed to any individual Grantee may be reduced by the number of Shares, the Fair Market Value on the Distribution Date (as defined in Section 5.7(d) below) of which is equivalent to the cash necessary to pay any Tax Withholding Liability, where the cash to be distributed is not sufficient to pay such Tax Withholding Liability or the Grantee may deliver to the Company cash sufficient to pay such Tax Withholding Liability.
 
24


(c)  Any distribution of Shares under this Article V may be delayed until the requirements of any applicable laws or regulations, and any stock exchange or Nasdaq National Market requirements, are satisfied.  The Shares distributed under this Article V shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions on disposition as counsel for the Company shall determine to be desirable or necessary under applicable law.

(d)  For the purpose of distribution of Performance Units in cash, the value of a Performance Unit shall be the Fair Market Value on the Distribution Date.  The “Distribution Date” shall be the first business day of April in the year of distribution, except that in the case of special distributions the Distribution Date shall be the first business day of the month in which the Committee determines the distribution.

(e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V and subject also to Section 5.5(c), no dividends shall accrue and no distributions of Performance Units shall be made if at the time a dividend would otherwise have accrued or distribution would otherwise have been made:

(i)  The regular quarterly dividend on the Common Stock has been omitted and not subsequently paid or there exists any default in payment of dividends on any such outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company;

(ii)  The rate of dividends on the Common Stock is lower than at the time the Performance Units to which the accrued dividend relates were awarded, adjusted for any change of the type referred to in Section 2.3(b).

(iii)  Estimated consolidated net income of the Company for the twelve-month period preceding the month the dividend would otherwise have accrued distribution would otherwise have been made is less than the sum of the amount of the accrued dividends and Performance Units eligible for distribution under this Article V in that month plus all dividends applicable to such period on an accrual basis, either paid, declared or accrued at the most recently paid rate, on all outstanding shares of Common Stock; or

(iv)  The dividend accrual or distribution would result in a default in any agreement by which the Company is bound.

(f)  In the event net income available under Section 5.7(e) above for accrued dividends and awards eligible for distribution under this Article V is sufficient to cover part but not all of such amounts, the following order shall be applied in making payments: (i) accrued dividends, and (ii) Performance Units eligible for distribution under this Article V.

25

 
Section 5.8 .   Restrictions On Transfer .   Performance Units granted under Article V may not be Transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided in Section 5.9, and during the lifetime of the Grantee to whom it was awarded, cash and Shares receivable with respect to Performance Units may be received only by such Grantee.

Section 5.9 .   Designation of Beneficiaries .   A Grantee may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive all or part of the Shares and/or cash to be distributed to the Grantee under this Article V in case of Death.  A designation of beneficiary may be replaced by a new designation or may be revoked by the Grantee at any time.  A designation or revocation shall be on a form to be provided for that purpose and shall be signed by the Grantee and delivered to the Company prior to the Grantee’s Death.  In case of the Grantee’s Death, the amounts to be distributed to the Grantee under this Article V with respect to which a designation of beneficiary has been made (to the extent it is valid and enforceable under applicable law) shall be distributed in accordance with this Article V to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries.  The amount distributable to a Grantee upon Death and not subject to such a designation shall be distributed to the Grantee’s estate.  If there shall be any question as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a distribution under this Article V, the amount in question may be paid to the estate of the Grantee, in which event the Company shall have no further liability to anyone with respect to such amount.
 
ARTICLE VI
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

Section 6.1 .   Grants of SARs .

(a)  The Company may grant SARs to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees under this Article VI.  SARs will be deemed granted only upon (i) authorization by the Committee and (ii) the execution and delivery of a SAR Agreement by the Grantee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.  SARs will not be deemed granted merely upon authorization by the Committee.  The aggregate number of Shares which shall underlie SARs granted hereunder shall not exceed the total number of Shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially acquirable under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.

(b)  Each grant of SARs pursuant to this Article VI shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement between the Company and the Grantee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with this Article VI.

Section 6.2 .   Terms and Conditions of SARs .

(a)  All SARs must be granted within ten (10) years of the Effective Date.

(b)  Each SAR issued pursuant to this Article VI shall have an initial base value (the “Base Value”) equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of issuance of the SAR (the “SAR Issuance Date”).
 
26


(c)  Nothing contained in this Article VI, any SAR Agreement or in any other agreement executed in connection with the granting of a SAR under this Article VI will confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(d)  Except as otherwise provided herein, each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Shares covered by the SAR and the period or periods of time within which each SAR or portion thereof will first become exercisable (the “SAR Vesting Period”) with respect to the total Cash Payment (as defined in Section 6.4(b)) receivable thereunder.  Such SAR Vesting Period will be fixed by the Committee in its discretion, and may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee in its discretion.

(e)  SARs relating to no less than one hundred (100) Shares may be exercised at any one time unless the number exercised is the total number at that time exercisable under all SARs granted to the Grantee.

(f)  A Grantee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by such SAR.  No adjustment shall be made to a SAR for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property).

 
                (g)  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no SAR shall contain any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the right to receive compensation equal to the difference between the Base Value on the date of grant and the Fair Market Value of the Share on the date of Exercise.

Section 6.3 .   Restrictions on Transfer of SARs .  Each SAR granted under this Article VI may not be Transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, and during the lifetime of the Grantee to whom it was granted, may be exercised only by such Grantee.

Section 6.4 .   Exercise of SARs .

(a)  A Grantee, or his or her executors or administrators, or heirs or legatees, shall exercise a SAR of the Grantee by giving written notice of such exercise to the Company (the “SAR Exercise Date”).  SARs may be exercised only upon the completion of the SAR Vesting Period applicable to such SAR.

(b)  Within ten (10) days of the SAR Exercise Date applicable to a SAR exercised in accordance with Section 6.4(a), the Grantee shall be paid in cash the difference between the Base Value of such SAR and the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the SAR Exercise Date (the “Cash Payment”), reduced by the Tax Withholding Liability arising from such exercise.
 
27

 
               Section 6.5 .   Designation of Beneficiaries .  A Grantee may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive all or part of the cash to be paid to the Grantee under this Article VI in case of Death.  A designation of beneficiary may be replaced by a new designation or may be revoked by the Grantee at any time.  A designation or revocation shall be on a form to be provided for that purpose and shall be signed by the Grantee and delivered to the Company prior to the Grantee’s Death.  In case of the Grantee’s Death, the amounts to be distributed to the Grantee under this Article VI with respect to which a designation of beneficiary has been made (to the extent it is valid and enforceable under applicable law) shall be distributed in accordance with this Article VI to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries.  The amount distributable to a Grantee upon Death and not subject to such a designation shall be distributed to the Grantee’s estate.  If there shall be any question as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a distribution under this Article VI, the amount in question may be paid to the estate of the Grantee, in which event the Company shall have no further liability to anyone with respect to such amount.
 
ARTICLE VII
BOOK VALUE SHARES

Section 7.1 .   Grant of Book Value Shares.   The Company may grant Book Value Shares to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees as provided in this Article VII.  Book Value Shares will be deemed granted only (i) authorization by the Committee and (ii) the execution and delivery of a Book Value Share Agreement by the Grantee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.  Book Value Shares will not be deemed granted hereunder merely upon authorization of such grant by the Committee.  The aggregate number of Book Value Shares potentially granted shall not exceed the total number of shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially acquirable under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.

Section 7.2 .   Initial Value.    The initial value of each Book Value Share granted under this Plan (the “Initial Value”) shall be the book value of the Common Stock on the day of issuance.

Section 7.3 .   Terms and Conditions of Book Value Shares.

(a)  All Book Value Shares must be granted within ten (10) years of the Effective Date.

(b)  The Committee may make more than one grant of Book Value Shares to a Grantee.

(c)  Each grant of Book Value Shares shall be evidenced by a Book Value Share Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its discretion, consistent with the provisions of this Article VII.

(d)  Nothing contained in Article VII, any Book Value Share Agreement or in any other agreement executed in connection with the granting of Book Value Shares under
 
28

 
this Article VII will confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e)  Except as otherwise provided herein, each Book Value Share Agreement may specify the period or periods of time within which each Book Value Share or portion thereof will first become redeemable (the “Vesting Period”) with respect to the total number of Book Value Shares acquirable thereunder.  Such Vesting Periods will be fixed by the Committee in its discretion, and may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee in its discretion provided that such acceleration is consistent with Section 409A.

Section 7.4 .   Redemption of Book Value Shares.

(a)  A Grantee must be an Eligible Employee or Eligible Director at all times from the date of grant until the redemption of the Book Value Shares granted, except as provided in Section 2.7(b).

(b)  A Book Value Share may be redeemed to the extent redeemable by giving written notice of redemption to the Company, specifying the number of full Book Value Shares to be redeemed and, if applicable, accompanied by full payment of the amount of the Tax Withholding Liability pursuant to Section 7.4(c) below.

(c)  As a condition to the redemption, in full or in part, of the Book Value Shares, the Grantee will pay to the Company in cash, or in such other form as the Committee may determine in its discretion, the amount of the Tax Withholding Liability required in connection with such exercise.

(d)  Book Value Shares shall be redeemed for (i) the then current book value of the Common Stock and the mark to market valuation of the Company’s investment securities portfolio in accordance with FASB 115 less (ii) the Initial Value per share.

(e)  The monies due shall be payable to the Grantee either in United States dollars, in cash or by check, draft or money order payable to the order of the Grantee.

Section 7.5.    Rights of Grantees of Book Value Shares .

(a)  A Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until he receives Book Value Shares at the conclusion of the Vesting Period.
 
(b)  A Grantee shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company.  Book Value Shares represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(c)  Unless the Committee otherwise provides in a dividend agreement awarded to the Grantee at the time of the Book Value Agreement, the Grantee shall have
 
29

 
no rights to dividends, whether cash or stock, or an adjustment for dividends, except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c).  No adjustment shall be made if the adjustment would cause the Book Value Shares granted hereunder to be considered deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, or would otherwise subject the Book Value Shares to Section 409A.

Section 7.6 .     Restrictions on Transfer.   A Book Value Share granted under Article VII may not be Transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided in Section 7.7, and during the lifetime of the Grantee to whom it was granted, may be exercised only by such Grantee.

Section 7.7 .   Designation of Beneficiaries .   A Grantee may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive all or part of the cash to be distributed to the Grantee under this Article VII in case of Death.  A designation of beneficiary may be replaced by a new designation or may be revoked by the Grantee at any time.  A designation or revocation shall be on a form to be provided for that purpose and shall be signed by the Grantee and delivered to the Company prior to the Grantee’s Death.  In case of the Grantee’s Death, the amounts to be distributed to the Grantee under this Article VII with respect to which a designation of beneficiary has been made (to the extent it is valid and enforceable under applicable law) shall be distributed in accordance with this Article VII to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries.  The amount distributable to a Grantee upon Death and not subject to such a designation shall be distributed to the Grantee’s estate.  If there shall be any question as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a distribution under this Article VII, the amount in question may be paid to the estate of the Grantee, in which event the Company shall have no further liability to anyone with respect to such amount.

Section 7.8 .   Evidence of Participation.   In lieu of certificates representing the Book Value Shares issued pursuant to this Plan, the Book Value Share Agreement shall serve as evidence of ownership.

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 .   Application of Funds .   The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the exercise of Rights will be used for general corporate purposes.

Section 8.2 .   No Obligation to Exercise Right .   The granting of a Right shall impose no obligation upon the recipient to exercise such Right.

Section 8.3 .   Term of Plan .   Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Rights may be granted pursuant to this Plan from time to time within ten (10) years from the Effective Date.
 
30


Section 8.4 .   Captions and Headings; Gender and Number .   Captions and paragraph headings used herein are for convenience only, do not modify or affect the meaning of any provision herein, are not a part, and shall not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Plan.  As used herein, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa, whenever such meanings are appropriate.

Section 8.5 .   Expenses of Administration of Plan .   All costs and expenses incurred in the operation and administration of this Plan shall be borne by the Company or by one or more Subsidiaries.  The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold each member of the Committee harmless against all claims, expenses and liabilities arising out of or related to the exercise of the Committee’s powers and the discharge of the Committee’s duties hereunder.

Section 8.6 .   Governing Law . Without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws, the laws of the State of North Carolina shall govern and control the validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Plan.

Section 8.7 .   Inspection of Plan . A copy of this Plan, and any amendments thereto, shall be maintained by the Secretary of the Company and shall be shown to any proper person making inquiry about it.

Section 8.8 .   Severable Provisions .   The Company intends that the provisions of Articles III, IV, V, VI and VII, in each case together with Articles I, II and VIII, shall each be deemed to be effective on an independent basis, and that if one or more of such Articles, or the operative provisions thereof, shall be deemed invalid, void or voidable, the remainder of such Articles shall continue in full force and effect.


31

EXHIBIT (11)

STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS

The computation of earnings per share is contained in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and is incorporated by reference.
EXHIBIT (12)

STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF RATIOS

     The averages used in computing the performance ratios provided in Item 6 represent average daily balances.
 
EXHIBIT (13)

Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX A
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

General Description of Business
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”), was formed in 1999 to serve as the holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”).  The Company is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”).  The Company’s principal source of income is any dividends, which are declared and paid by the Bank on its capital stock.  The Company has no operations and conducts no business of its own other than owning the Bank.  Accordingly, the discussion of the business which follows concerns the business conducted by the Bank, unless otherwise indicated.

The Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving the citizens and business interests of the Catawba Valley and surrounding communities through 21 banking offices located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover, Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Monroe, Cornelius, Mooresville and Raleigh North Carolina.  The Bank also operates a loan production office in Denver, North Carolina.  At December 31, 2008, the Company had total assets of $968.8 million, net loans of $770.2 million, deposits of $721.1 million, total securities of $131.2 million, and shareholders’ equity of $101.1 million.

The Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and few agricultural loans.  Real estate loans are predominately variable rate commercial property loans, which include residential development loans to commercial customers.  Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of industries with no one particular industry or group of related industries accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio.  The majority of the Bank's deposit and loan customers are individuals and small to medium-sized businesses located in the Bank's market area.  The Bank’s loan portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) mortgage loans generated thorough the Bank’s Banco de le Gente offices.  Additional discussion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and sources of funds for loans can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-29 of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit 13.

The operations of the Bank and depository institutions in general are significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of depository institution regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the "Commissioner").

At December 31, 2008, the Bank employed 270 full-time equivalent employees.
 

Subsidiaries
                The Bank is a subsidiary of the Company.  The Bank has two subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc.   Through a relationship with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. provides the Bank's customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax deferred annuities, and related brokerage services.  Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc., provides real estate appraisal and real estate brokerage services.

In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used in December 2006 to repay the trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust in December 2001 and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.

The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net combined effect of the trust preferred securities transaction is that the Company is obligated to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, on or after June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest.
 

 
A-1

 
This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”).  These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the Company and on the information available to management at the time that these disclosures were prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and “believe,” variations of these words and other similar expressions.  Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.  Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, (1) competition in the markets served by Peoples Bank (the “Bank”), (2) changes in the interest rate environment, (3) general national, regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans, (4) legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules and regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-2

 
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                     
Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts
                     
 
2008
 
2007
   
2006
 
2005
 
2004
Summary of Operations
                   
Interest income
$ 56,323   61,732     55,393   41,913   35,095
Interest expense
  23,527   27,585     23,110   15,429   12,335
                       
Net interest income
  32,796   34,147     32,283   26,484   22,760
Provision for loan losses
  4,794   2,038     2,513   3,110   3,256
                       
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
  28,002   32,109     29,770   23,374   19,504
Non-interest income
  10,495   8,816     7,554   6,668   6,000
Non-interest expense
  28,893   25,993     22,983   20,330   18,840
                       
Income before taxes
  9,604   14,932     14,341   9,712   6,664
Income taxes
  3,213   5,340     5,170   3,381   2,233
Net income
$ 6,391   9,592     9,171   6,331   4,431
                       
Selected Year-End Balances
                     
Assets
$ 968,762   907,262     818,948   730,280   686,348
Available for sale securities
  124,916   120,968     117,581   115,158   105,598
Loans, net
  770,163   713,174     643,078   559,239   527,419
Mortgage loans held for sale
  -       -         -       2,248   3,783
Interest-earning assets
  921,101   853,878     780,082   692,835   653,111
Deposits
  721,062   693,639     633,820   582,854   556,522
Interest-bearing liabilities
  758,334   718,870     650,364   576,681   553,135
Shareholders' equity
$ 101,128   70,102     62,835   54,353   50,938
Shares outstanding*
  5,539,056   5,624,234     5,745,951   5,677,328   5,689,763
                       
Selected Average Balances
                     
Assets
$ 929,799   846,836     772,585   706,843   684,385
Available for sale securities
  115,853   120,296     118,137   108,690   93,770
Loans
  747,203   665,379     604,427   550,545   547,753
Interest-earning assets
  876,425   801,094     732,244   668,614   650,528
Deposits
  720,918   659,174     605,407   570,997   558,142
Interest-bearing liabilities
  740,478   665,727     613,686   563,210   553,880
Shareholders' equity
$ 76,241   70,586     62,465   55,989   51,978
Shares outstanding*
  5,588,314   5,700,860     5,701,829   5,692,290   5,707,975
                       
Profitability Ratios
                     
Return on average total assets
  0.69%   1.13%     1.19%   0.90%   0.65%
Return on average shareholders' equity
  8.38%   13.59%     14.68%   11.31%   8.52%
Dividend payout ratio
  41.93%   24.30%     20.78%   22.34%   28.37%
                       
Liquidity and Capital Ratios (averages)
                 
Loan to deposit
  103.65%   100.94%     99.84%   96.42%   98.14%
Shareholders' equity to total assets
  8.20%   8.34%     8.09%   7.92%   7.59%
                       
Per share of common stock*
                     
Basic net income
$ 1.14   1.68     1.61   1.11   0.77
Diluted net income
$ 1.13   1.65     1.58   1.09   0.77
Cash dividends
$ 0.48   0.41     0.33   0.25   0.22
Book value
$ 13.73   12.46     10.94   9.57   8.95
                       
*Shares outstanding and per share computations have been retroactively restated to reflect a 10% stock dividend during first quarter 2005, a 10% stock dividend during second quarter 2006 and a 3-for-2 stock split during second quarter 2007.
 
 
A-3

 

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of our financial position and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the information set forth under Item 1A Risk Factors and the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto on pages A-30  through A-61.

Introduction
Management's discussion and analysis of earnings and related data are presented to assist in understanding the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.  The Company is a registered bank holding company operating under the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board and the parent company of Peoples Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a North Carolina-chartered bank, with offices in Catawba, Lincoln, Alexander, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union and Wake counties, operating under the banking laws of North Carolina and the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

Overview
Our business consists principally of attracting deposits from the general public and investing these funds in commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. Our profitability depends primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the income we receive on our loan and investment securities portfolios and our cost of funds, which consists of interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest income also is affected by the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, a positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income. Our profitability is also affected by the level of other income and operating expenses. Other income consists primarily of miscellaneous fees related to our loans and deposits, mortgage banking income and commissions from sales of annuities and mutual funds. Operating expenses consist of compensation and benefits, occupancy related expenses, federal deposit and other insurance premiums, data processing, advertising and other expenses.

Our operations are influenced significantly by local economic conditions and by policies of financial institution regulatory authorities. The earnings on our assets are influenced by the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), inflation, interest rates, market and monetary fluctuations.  Lending activities are affected by the demand for commercial and other types of loans, which in turn is affected by the interest rates at which such financing may be offered.  Our cost of funds is influenced by interest rates on competing investments and by rates offered on similar investments by competing financial institutions in our market area, as well as general market interest rates. These factors can cause fluctuations in our net interest income and other income. In addition, local economic conditions can impact the credit risk of our loan portfolio, in that (1) local employers may be required to eliminate employment positions of individual borrowers, and small businesses and (2) commercial borrowers may experience a downturn in their operating performance and become unable to make timely payments on their loans. Management evaluates these factors in estimating its allowance for loan losses and changes in these economic factors could result in increases or decreases to the provision for loan losses.

Our business emphasis has been to operate as a well-capitalized, profitable and independent community-oriented financial institution dedicated to providing quality customer service. We are committed to meeting the financial needs of the communities in which we operate. We believe that we can be more effective in serving our customers than many of our non-local competitors because of our ability to quickly and effectively provide senior management responses to customer needs and inquiries. Our ability to provide these services is enhanced by the stability of our senior management team.

The Federal Reserve has decreased the Federal Funds Rate 4.00% since December 31, 2007 with the rate set at 3.25% as of December 31, 2008.  These decreases had a negative impact on 2008 earnings and will continue to have a negative impact on the Bank’s net interest income in the future periods.  The negative impact from the decrease in the Federal Funds Rate has been partially offset by the increase in earnings realized on interest rate contracts, including both interest rate swaps and interest rate floors, utilized by the Company.  Additional information regarding the Company’s interest rate contacts is provided below in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.”

On December 23, 2008, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) with the United States Department of the Treasury (“UST”).  Under  the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell 25,054 shares of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase 357,234 shares of common stock associated with the Company’s participation in the U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”).  Proceeds from this issuance of preferred shares were allocated between preferred stock and the warrant based on their relative fair values at the time of the sale.  Of the $25.1 million in
 
A-4

 
proceeds, $24.4 million was allocated to the Series A preferred stock and $704,000 was allocated to the common stock warrant.  The discount recorded on the preferred stock that resulted from allocating a portion of the proceeds to the warrant is being accreted directly to retained earnings over a five-year period applying a level yield.  No dividends were declared or paid on the Series A preferred stock during 2008, and cumulative undeclared dividends at December 31, 2008 were $28,000.  The CPP, created by the UST, is a voluntary program in which selected, healthy financial institutions were encouraged to participate.  Approved use of the funds includes providing credit to qualified borrowers, either as companies or individuals, among other things.  Such participation is intended to support the economic development of the community and thereby restore the health of the local and national economy.

The Series A preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter.  The Series A preferred stock may be redeemed at the stated amount of $1,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.  Under the terms of the original Purchase Agreement, the Company could not redeem the preferred shares until December 23, 2011 unless the total amount of the issuance, $25.1 million, was replaced with the same amount of other forms of capital that would qualify as Tier 1 capital.  However, with the enactment of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), the Company can now redeem the preferred shares at any time, if approved by the Company’s primary regulator.  The Series A preferred stock is non-voting except for class voting rights on matters that would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Series A preferred stock.

The exercise price of the warrant is $10.52 per common share and it is exercisable at anytime on or before December 18, 2018.

The Company is subject to the following restrictions while the Series A preferred stock is outstanding: 1) UST approval is required for the Company to repurchase shares of outstanding common stock; 2) the full dividend for the latest completed CPP dividend period must declared and paid in full before dividends may be paid to common shareholders; 3) UST approval is required for any increase in common dividends per share; and 4) the Company may not take tax deductions for any senior executive officer whose compensation is above $500,000.  There were additional restrictions on executive compensation added in the ARRA for companies participating in the TARP, including participants in the CPP.

It is the intent of the Company to utilize CPP funds to make loans to qualified borrowers in the Bank’s market area.  The funds will also be used to absorb losses incurred when modifying loans or making concessions to borrowers in order to keep borrowers out of foreclosure.  The Bank is also working with its current builders and contractors to provide financing for potential buyers who may not be able to qualify for financing in the current mortgage market in order to help these customers sell existing single family homes.  The Bank will also use the CPP capital infusion as additional Tier I capital to protect the Bank from potential losses that may be incurred during this current recessionary period.

The Company qualified as an accelerated filer in accordance with Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, effective December 31, 2006.  Therefore, the Company was subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX 404”).  The Company incurred additional consulting and audit expenses in becoming compliant with SOX 404, and will continue to incur additional audit expenses to comply with SOX 404 when SOX 404 becomes applicable to smaller reporting companies.  Management does not expect expenses related to SOX 404 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.  The Company qualified as a smaller reporting company effective June 30, 2008, due to a decrease in market capitalization.  Management does not expect significant cost savings from this change in filing status, as certification of the effectiveness of internal controls by management will still be required.

The Bank opened a new office in Iredell County, in Mooresville, North Carolina in January 2008.  Also in January 2008, the Bank opened a new Banco de la Gente office in Wake County, in Raleigh, North Carolina in a continuing effort to serve the Latino community.  While there are no additional offices planned in 2009, management will continue to look for branching opportunities in nearby markets.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Peoples Bank, along with its wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc (collectively called the “Company”).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition.  Many of the Company’s accounting policies require significant judgment regarding valuation of assets and liabilities and/or significant interpretation of specific accounting guidance.  The following is a summary of some of the more subjective and complex accounting policies of the Company.  A more
 
A-5

 
complete description of the Company’s significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders which is Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the May 7, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Many of the Company’s assets and liabilities are recorded using various techniques that require significant judgment as to recoverability.  The collectability of loans is reflected through the Company’s estimate of the allowance for loan losses.  The Company performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its lending portfolio to assess overall collectability.  In addition, certain assets and liabilities are reflected at their estimated fair value in the consolidated financial statements.  Such amounts are based on either quoted market prices or estimated values derived from dealer quotes used by the Company, market comparisons or internally generated modeling techniques.  The Company’s internal models generally involve present value of cash flow techniques.  The various techniques are discussed in greater detail elsewhere in management’s discussion and analysis and the notes to consolidated financial statements.

There are other complex accounting standards that require the Company to employ significant judgment in interpreting and applying certain of the principles prescribed by those standards.  These judgments include, but are not limited to, the determination of whether a financial instrument or other contract meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”  For a more complete discussion of policies, see the notes to consolidated financial statements.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) ratified the conclusions reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) on EITF 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.”  This issue requires companies to recognize an obligation for either the present value of the entire promised death benefit or the annual “cost of insurance” required to keep the policy in force during the post-retirement years.  EITF 06-4 was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008.  During first quarter 2008, the Company made a $467,000 reduction to retained earnings for the cumulative effect of EITF 06-4 as of January 1, 2008 pursuant to the guidance of this pronouncement to record the portion of this benefit earned by participants prior to adoption of this pronouncement.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.”  SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  SFAS No. 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements.  SFAS No. 157 was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008.  This standard had no effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value measurements.  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  The Company’s fair value measurements for items measured at fair value at December 31, 2008 included:

 
Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2008
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
Investment securities available for sale
$ 124,916,349   935,032   122,731,317   1,250,000
Market value of derivatives (in other assets)
$ 4,980,701   -   4,980,701   -
 
Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.  Fair values of derivative instruments are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities.
 
A-6

 
The following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment securities available for sale using Level 3, significant unobservable inputs, for the year ended December 31, 2008:

   
Investment Securities Available for Sale
   
Level 3 Valuation
Balance, beginning of period
  $ 250,000
Change in book value
    -
Change in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized
    -
Purchases/(sales)
    1,000,000
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
    -
Balance, end of period
  $ 1,250,000
       
Change in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held in Level 3
  $ 0
 
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 114, the Company has specific loan loss reserves for loans that management has determined to be impaired.  These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Company’s loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral.  At December 31, 2008, the Company had specific reserves of $462,000 in the allowance for loan losses on loans totaling $7.5 million.  The Company’s December 31, 2008 fair value measurement for impaired loans is presented below:

 
 
Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2008
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Total Gains/(Losses) for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2008
Impaired loans
$ 7,073,045   -   5,902,848   1,170,197   (345,000)
Other real estate
$ 1,866,971   -   1,866,971   -   (165,630)
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” which permits entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain other instruments at fair value.  SFAS No. 159 was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008.  The Company did not choose this option for any asset or liability, and therefore SFAS No. 159 did not have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS No. 140-3, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions.”  This FSP provides guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.”   This FSP is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13.”  This FSP amends SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” to exclude SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases” and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS No. 13.  This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157.”  This FSP delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually).  This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active.”  This FSP clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” in a market that is not active.  This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
 
A-7

 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”  SFAS No. 161 is an amendment to SFAS No. 133, which provides for enhanced disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivatives and how and where those derivatives and related hedged items are reported in the entity’s financial statements.  SFAS No. 161 is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2009.  As this is a disclosure related standard, this standard is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.  SFAS No. 161 will result in additional disclosures related to the Company’s derivatives.

In September 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 133-1 and FIN 45-4, “Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45 and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161.”  This FSP is an amendment to SFAS No. 133, which provides for enhanced disclosure requirements for credit risk derivatives.  This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.”  This FSP amends SFAS No. 132, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan.  This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The remainder of management’s discussion and analysis of the Company’s results of operations and financial position should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes presented on pages A-30 through A-62.

Results of Operations
Summary.   The Company reported earnings of $6.4 million in 2008, or $1.14 basic net earnings per common share and $1.13 diluted net earnings per common share, a 33% decrease as compared to $9.6 million, or $1.68 basic net earnings per common share and $1.65 diluted net earnings per common share, for 2007. The Company’s decrease in net earnings for 2008 is primarily attributable to a decrease in net interest income, an increase in provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest expense, which was partially offset by an increase in non-interest income.

Net earnings for 2007 represented an increase of 5% as compared to 2006 net earnings of $9.2 million or $1.61 basic net earnings per common share and $1.58 diluted net earnings per common share.  The increase in 2007 net earnings was primarily attributable to growth in interest-earning assets, which contributed to increases in net interest income and an increase in non-interest income.  In addition, the Company had a decrease in the provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the same period in 2006.  The increases in net interest income and non-interest income and the decrease in the provision for loan losses were partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense.

The return on average assets in 2008 was 0.69%, compared to 1.13% in 2007 and 1.19% in 2006. The return on average shareholders’ equity was 8.38% in 2008 compared to 13.59% in 2007 and 14.68% in 2006.

Net Interest Income.   Net interest income, the major component of the Company's net income, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning assets exceed the total cost of funds used to carry them.  Net interest income is affected by changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in the yields earned and rates paid.  Net interest margin is calculated by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets, and represents the Company’s net yield on its interest-earning assets.

Net interest income was $32.8 million for 2008 or a 4% decrease from net interest income of $34.1 million in 2007.  The decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction in the Bank’s prime commercial lending rate.  The decrease in loan interest income resulting from a decline in prime rate was partially offset by an increase in income from derivative instruments.   Net income from derivative instruments was $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to a net loss of $406,000 for the same period in 2007.  Net interest income increased 6% in 2007 from $32.3 million in 2006.

Table 1 sets forth for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the average amounts outstanding, the interest incurred on such amounts and the average rate earned or incurred for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The table also sets forth the average rate earned on total interest-earning assets, the
 
A-8

 
average rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities, and the net yield on average total interest-earning assets for the same periods.  Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity.  Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate 38.55% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and an effective tax rate of 6.90% for state tax exempt securities.  Non-accrual loans and the interest income that was recorded on these loans, if any, are included in the yield calculations for loans in all periods reported.

Table 1- Average Balance Table
                             
                                         
 
December 31, 2008
   
December 31, 2007
 
December 31, 2006
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Average Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield /
Rate
   
Average Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield /
Rate
   
Average Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield /
Rate
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                       
                                         
Loans
$ 747,203     46,808   6.26 %   665,379   55,109   8.28 %   604,427   49,665   8.22 %
Interest rate derivative contracts
  -     3,403   0.45 %   -   (406 ) -0.06 %   -   (698 ) -0.12 %
Loan fees
  -     393   0.05 %   -   698   0.10 %   -   701   0.12 %
Total loans
  747,203     50,604   6.77 %   665,379   55,401   8.33 %   604,427   49,668   8.22 %
                                             
Investments - taxable
  26,591     1,253   4.71 %   20,305   868   4.27 %   29,784   1,306   4.38 %
Investments - nontaxable*
  89,262     4,924   5.52 %   99,991   5,470   5.47 %   88,353   4,642   5.25 %
Federal funds sold
  3,050     55   1.80 %   7,378   383   5.19 %   1,766   85   4.81 %
Other
  10,319     293   2.84 %   8,041   444   5.52 %   7,914   424   5.36 %
                                             
Total interest-earning assets
  876,425     57,129   6.52 %   801,094   62,566   7.81 %   732,244   56,125   7.66 %
                                             
Cash and due from banks
  21,331               20,081             17,022          
Other assets
  41,626               34,287             31,218          
Allowance for loan losses
  (9,583 )             (8,626 )           (7,899 )        
                                             
Total assets
$ 929,799               846,836             772,585          
                                             
                                             
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                           
                                             
NOW accounts
$ 92,612     1,269   1.37 %   79,550   1,127   1.42 %   87,329   1,214   1.39 %
Regular savings accounts
  17,423     50   0.29 %   18,685   54   0.29 %   19,768   57   0.29 %
Money market accounts
  93,564     1,930   2.06 %   87,916   2,918   3.32 %   66,035   1,789   2.71 %
Time deposits
  406,127     15,008   3.70 %   361,859   17,430   4.82 %   335,092   14,189   4.23 %
FHLB / FRB borrowings
  79,417     3,616   4.55 %   80,058   3,759   4.70 %   74,082   3,588   4.84 %
Demand notes payable to U.S. Treasury
  859     14   1.63 %   814   39   4.79 %   722   34   4.71 %
Trust preferred securities
  20,619     1,016   4.93 %   20,619   1,476   7.16 %   24,878   1,963   7.89 %
Other
  29,857     624   2.09 %   16,226   782   4.82 %   5,780   276   4.78 %
                                             
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  740,478     23,527   3.18 %   665,727   27,585   4.14 %   613,686   23,110   3.77 %
                                             
Demand deposits
  111,192               111,164             97,183          
Other liabilities
  4,021               3,022             3,044          
Shareholders' equity
  76,241               70,586             62,465          
                                             
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity
$ 931,932               850,499             776,378          
                                             
Net interest spread
      $ 33,602   3.36 %       34,981   3.67 %       33,015   3.89 %
                                             
Net yield on interest-earning assets
            3.83 %           4.37 %           4.51 %
                                             
Taxable equivalent adjustment
                                           
        Investment securities
      $ 806             834             731      
                                             
Net interest income
      $ 32,796             34,147             32,284      
                                             
*Includes U.S. government sponsored enterprises that are non-taxable for state income tax purposes of $63.6 million in 2008, $74.9 million in 2007 and $65.9 million in 2006. An effective tax rate of 6.90% was used to calculate the tax equivalent yield on these securities.
 
 
Changes in interest income and interest expense can result from variances in both volume and rates.  Table 2 describes the impact on the Company’s tax equivalent net interest income resulting from changes in average balances and average rates for the periods indicated.  The changes in interest due to both volume and rate have been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.
 
A-9

 
 
Table 2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent Basis
         
                         
                         
 
December 31, 2008
 
December 31, 2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Changes in
average
volume
 
Changes
in average
rates
 
Total
Increase (Decrease)
 
Changes in average
 volume
 
Changes
in average
rates
 
Total
Increase (Decrease)
 
Interest Income:
                       
                         
Loans: Net of unearned income
$ 6,177   (10,974 ) (4,797 ) 5,042   691   5,733  
                           
Investments - taxable
  282   102   384   (411 ) (27 ) (438 )
Investments - nontaxable
  (589 ) 43   (546 ) 624   204   828  
Federal funds sold
  (151 ) (177 ) (328 ) 281   17   298  
Other
  95   (246 ) (151 ) 7   13   20  
                           
Total interest income
  5,814   (11,252 ) (5,438 ) 5,543   898   6,441  
                           
Interest expense:
                         
                           
NOW accounts
  182   (40 ) 142   (109 ) 22   (87 )
Regular savings accounts
  (4 ) 0   (4 ) (3 ) 0   (3 )
Money market accounts
  152   (1,140 ) (988 ) 660   469   1,129  
Time deposits
  1,884   (4,306 ) (2,422 ) 1,211   2,030   3,241  
FHLB / FRB Borrowings
  (30 ) (113 ) (143 ) 285   (114 ) 171  
Demand notes payable to
                         
   U.S. Treasury
  1   (27 ) (26 ) 4   1   5  
Trust Preferred Securities
  0   (459 ) (459 ) (320 ) (167 ) (487 )
Other
  471   (629 ) (158 ) 501   5   506  
                           
Total interest expense
  2,656   (6,714 ) (4,058 ) 2,229   2,246   4,475  
                           
Net interest income
$ 3,158   (4,538 ) (1,380 ) 3,314   (1,348 ) 1,966  
 
Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis totaled $33.6 million in 2008, decreasing 4% or $1.4 million from 2007.  The decrease was attributable to a reduction in the Bank’s prime commercial lending rate.  The interest rate spread, which represents the rate earned on interest-earning assets less the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was 3.36% in 2008, a decrease from the 2007 net interest spread of 3.67%.  The net yield on interest-earning assets in 2008 decreased to 3.83% from the 2007 net interest margin of 4.37%.

Tax equivalent interest income decreased $5.4 million or 9% in 2008 primarily due to a reduction in the Bank’s prime commercial lending rate.  The yield on interest-earning assets decreased to 6.52% in 2008 from 7.81% in 2007 as a result of a decrease in the average yield received on loans resulting from Federal Reserve interest rate decreases, which were partially offset by an increase in the average outstanding balance of loans and income from interest rate derivative contracts.  Average interest-earning assets increased $75.3 million primarily as the result of an $81.8 million increase in average loans. Average investment securities in 2008 increased 4% to $115.9 million when compared to 2007.  All other interest-earning assets including federal funds sold were $13.4 million in 2008 and $15.4 million in 2007.

Interest expense decreased $4.1 million or 15% in 2008 due to a decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.  The cost of funds decreased to 3.18% in 2008 from 4.14% in 2007.  This decrease in the cost of funds was primarily attributable to decreases in the average rate paid on interest-bearing checking and savings accounts and certificates of deposit.  The $74.8 million growth in average interest-bearing liabilities was primarily attributable to an increase in time deposits of $44.3 million to $406.1 million in 2008 from $361.9 million in 2007 and an increase in interest-bearing checking and savings accounts of $17.4 million to $203.6 million in 2008 from $186.2 million in 2007.

A-10


In 2007 net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $2.0 million or 6% to $35.0 million in 2007 from $33.0 million in 2006.  The interest rate spread was 3.67% in 2007, a decrease from the 2006 net interest spread of 3.89%.  The net yield on interest-earning assets in 2007 decreased to 4.37% from the 2006 net interest margin of 4.51%.

Provision for Loan Losses.   Provisions for loan losses are charged to income in order to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management of the Company based on factors such as management’s judgment as to losses within the Company’s loan portfolio, including the valuation of impaired loans in accordance with SFAS No. 114 and No. 118, loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies and management’s assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio and general economic climate.

The provision for loan losses was $4.8 million, $2.0 million, and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The increase in the provision for loan losses for 2008 is primarily attributable to an increase in non-performing assets, net charge-offs and increased loan growth.  Please see the section below entitled “Allowance for Loan Losses” for a more complete discussion of the Bank’s policy for addressing potential loan losses.

Non-Interest Income.   Non-interest income for 2008 totaled $10.5 million, an increase of $1.7 million or 19% from non-interest income of $8.8 million for 2007.  The increases in non-interest income for 2008 are primarily due to an increase in service charges and fees resulting from growth in deposit base coupled with normal pricing changes, an increase in mortgage banking income and a decrease in the loss on sale and write-down of securities for the year ended December 31, 2008 when compared to the same period last year.  These increases in non-interest income were partially offset by a decrease in insurance and brokerage commissions and a net increase in losses and write-downs on foreclosed property for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the same period last year.  Non-interest income for 2007 increased $1.2 million or 17% from non-interest income of $8.8 million for 2006.  The increase in non-interest income for 2007 is primarily due to an increase in service charges and fees resulting from growth in deposit base coupled with normal pricing changes, an increase in insurance and brokerage commissions, an increase in mortgage banking income and an increase in miscellaneous income.

Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $5.2 million during 2008, an increase of $925,000, or 22% over 2007.  Service charge income increased $349,000, or 9% in 2007 compared to 2006.  These increases are primarily attributable to growth in the deposit base coupled with normal pricing changes, which resulted in an increase in account maintenance fees.

Other service charges and fees increased 24% to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to $1.9 million for the same period one year ago.  This increase is primarily attributable to fee income from growth in the deposit base coupled with normal pricing changes.

The Company reported net losses on sale and write-downs of securities of $167,000, $562,000 and $592,000 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.   The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other than temporary.   As part of its evaluation in 2008, the Company determined that the fair value of one investment was less than the original cost of the investment and that the decline in fair value was not temporary in nature.  As a result, the Company wrote down its original investment by $300,000.  The remaining fair value of the investment at December 31, 2008 was $22,000.  Similarly, as part of its evaluation in 2007, the Company wrote down two investments by $430,000.  The remaining fair value of the investments at December 31, 2007 was $348,000.

Mortgage banking income increased to $660,000 in 2008 from $560,000 in 2007 primarily due to an increase in brokered loan activity.  During 2007 mortgage banking income increased $271,000 from the $289,000 reported in 2006.  The increase in mortgage banking income for 2007 was primarily attributable to the $185,000 write-down of the Bank’s mortgage servicing asset in 2006.  This write-down was due to Management’s assessment that there was minimal fair value in the mortgage servicing rights due to the small remaining balance in the loans serviced for others.

Net losses on other real estate and repossessed assets were $287,000 and $118,000 for 2008 and 2007, respectively.  During 2006 a net loss on other real estate and repossessed assets of $108,000 was recognized.  The increase in net losses on other real estate and repossessed assets during 2008 was primarily attributable to a $170,000 net increase in losses and write-downs on foreclosed property for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the same period last year.  Management determined that the market value of these assets had decreased significantly and charges were appropriate for 2008.

Miscellaneous income for 2008 totaled $2.3 million, an increase of 3% from $2.2 million for 2007.  During 2007, miscellaneous income increased 4% from $2.1 million for 2006.
 
A-11

 
Table 3 presents a summary of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

Table 3 - Non-Interest Income
           
             
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
Service charges
$ 5,203   4,279   3,930  
Other service charges and fees
  2,399   1,938   1,540  
Gain (loss) on sale of securities
  (167 ) (562 ) (592 )
Mortgage banking income
  660   560   289  
Insurance and brokerage commissions
  426   521   389  
Loss on foreclosed and repossessed assets
  (287 ) (118 ) (108 )
Miscellaneous
  2,261   2,198   2,106  
Total non-interest income
$ 10,495   8,816   7,554  
 
Non-Interest Expense.   Total non-interest expense amounted to $28.9 million for 2008, an increase of 11% from 2007.  Non-interest expense for 2007 increased 13% to $26.0 million from non-interest expense of $23.0 million for 2006.

Salary and employee benefit expense was $15.2 million in 2008, compared to $13.9 million during 2007, an increase of $1.3 million or 9%, following a $2.1 million or 18% increase in salary and employee benefit expense in 2007 over 2006.  The increase in salary and employee benefits in 2008 and 2007 is primarily due to normal salary increases and expense associated with additional staff for new branches.

The Company recorded occupancy expenses of $5.0 million in 2008, compared to $4.8 million during 2007, an increase of $278,000 or 6%, following an increase of $571,000 or 14% in occupancy expenses in 2007 over 2006.  The increases in 2008, 2007 and 2006 are primarily due to an increase in furniture and equipment expense and lease expense associated with new branches.
The total of all other operating expenses increased $1.3 million or 18% to $8.7 million during 2008.  The increase in other expense for 2008 is primarily attributable to an increase in of $407,000 in FDIC insurance expense, an increase of $309,000 in deposit program expense and an increase of $133,000 in foreclosure expense.  Other operating expense increased $336,000 or 5% in 2007 over 2006.  The increase in other expense for 2007 is primarily attributable to increases of $215,000 in advertising expense.

Table 4 presents a summary of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

Table 4 - Non-Interest Expense
         
           
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Salaries and wages
$ 11,591   10,276   9,368
Employee benefits
  3,603   3,612   2,417
     Total personnel expense
  15,194   13,888   11,785
Occupancy expense
  5,029   4,751   4,180
Office supplies
  564   554   436
FDIC deposit insurance
  547   140   75
Professional services
  422   400   239
Postage
  360   320   307
Telephone
  476   405   338
Director fees and expense
  450   499   423
Advertising
  1,076   988   772
Consulting fees
  385   460   575
Taxes and licenses
  193   272   293
Other operating expense
  4,197   3,316   3,560
Total non-interest expense
$ 28,893   25,993   22,983
 
Income Taxes.   Total income tax expense was $3.2 million in 2008 compared with $5.3 million in 2007 and $5.2 million in 2006.   The primary reason for the decrease in taxes for 2008 as compared to 2007 and 2006 was the decrease in pretax income.  The Company’s effective tax rates were 33.46%, 35.76% and 36.05% in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
A-12

 
Liquidity. The objectives of the Company’s liquidity policy are to provide for the availability of adequate funds to meet the needs of loan demand, deposit withdrawals, maturing liabilities and to satisfy regulatory requirements.  Both deposit and loan customer cash needs can fluctuate significantly depending upon business cycles, economic conditions and yields and returns available from alternative investment opportunities.  In addition, the Company’s liquidity is affected by off-balance sheet commitments to lend in the form of unfunded commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  As of December 31, 2008 such unfunded commitments to extend credit were $158.9 million, while commitments in the form of standby letters of credit totaled $4.3 million.

The Company uses several sources to meet its liquidity requirements.  The primary source is core deposits, which includes demand deposits, savings accounts and certificates of deposits of denominations less than $100,000.  The Company considers these to be a stable portion of the Company’s liability mix and the result of on-going consumer and commercial banking relationships.  As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s core deposits totaled $497.2 million, or 69% of total deposits.

The other sources of funding for the Company are through large denomination certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, securities under agreement to repurchase and FHLB borrowings.  The Bank is also able to borrow from the Federal Reserve on a short-term basis.

At December 31, 2008, the Bank had a significant amount of deposits in amounts greater than $100,000, including brokered deposits of $61.0 million, which mature over the next two years.  The balance and cost of these deposits are more susceptible to changes in the interest rate environment than other deposits.   For additional information, please see the section below entitled “Deposits.”

The Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB equal to 20% of the Bank’s total assets, with an outstanding balance of $77.0 million at December 31, 2008.  The remaining availability at FHLB was $71.2 million at December 31, 2008.  At December 31, 2008, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral to the FHLB totaled approximately $244.9 million.  The Bank had $5.0 million in borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) at December 31, 2008. This borrowing was a 28-day Term Auction Facility loan at an interest rate of 0.28% which matured in January 2009.  The FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2008, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral to the FRB totaled approximately $280.8 million.

The Bank also had the ability to borrow up to $38.0 million for the purchase of overnight federal funds from four correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2008.

The liquidity ratio for the Bank, which is defined as net cash, interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold, certain investment securities and certain FHLB advances available under the line of credit, as a percentage of net deposits (adjusted for deposit runoff projections) and short-term liabilities was 26.80% at December 31, 2008, 28.04% at December 31, 2007 and 31.15% at December 31, 2007.  The minimum required liquidity ratio as defined in the Bank’s Asset/Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management Policy is 20%.

As disclosed in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included elsewhere herein, net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $10.7 million during 2008.  Net cash used in investing activities of $65.7 million consisted primarily of a net increase in loans of $65.2 million.  Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $53.1 million, primarily from a $27.4 million net increase in deposits and the $25.1 issuance of Series A preferred stock.

Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.   The objective of the Company’s Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk strategies is to identify and manage the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates and to minimize the interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at various maturities.  This is done in conjunction with the need to maintain adequate liquidity and the overall goal of maximizing net interest income. Table 5 presents an interest rate sensitivity analysis for the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 
A-13

 
 
Table 5 - Interest Sensitivity Analysis
                 
                         
(Dollars in thousands)
Immediate
 
1-3
months
 
4-12
months
   
Total
Within One
Year
 
Over One
Year & Non-sensitive
 
Total
Interest-earning assets:
                       
Loans
$ 520,141   6,239   16,599     542,979   238,209   781,188
Investment securities
  -   4,354   3,596     7,950   116,966   124,916
Federal funds sold
  6,733   -   -     6,733   -   6,733
Interest-bearing deposit accounts
  1,453   -   -     1,453   -   1,453
Other interest-earning assets
  -   -   -     -   6,811   6,811
                           
Total interest-earning assets
  528,327   10,593   20,195     559,115   361,986   921,101
                           
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                         
NOW, savings, and money market deposits
  210,058   -   -     210,058   -   210,058
Time deposits
  47,003   145,974   175,522     368,499   38,057   406,556
Other short term borrowings
  1,600   -   -     1,600   -   1,600
FRB borrowings
  -   5,000   -     5,000   -   5,000
FHLB borrowings
  -   5,000   -     5,000   72,000   77,000
Securities sold under
                         
agreement to repurchase
  37,501   -   -     37,501   -   37,501
Trust preferred securities
  -   20,619   -     20,619   -   20,619
                           
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  296,162   176,593   175,522     648,277   110,057   758,334
                           
Interest-sensitive gap
$ 232,165   (166,000 ) (155,327 )   (89,162 ) 251,929   162,767
                           
Cumulative interest-sensitive gap
$ 232,165   66,165   (89,162 )   (89,162 ) 162,767    
                           
Interest-earning assets as a percentage of
                 
interest-bearing liabilities   178.39%   6.00%   11.51%     86.25%   328.91%    
 
               The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies established by the Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) of the Bank.  The ALCO meets monthly and has the responsibility for approving asset/liability management policies, formulating and implementing strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and/or earnings and reviewing the interest rate sensitivity of the Company.  ALCO tries to minimize interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities by attempting to minimize wide fluctuations in net interest income due to interest rate movements.  The ability to control these fluctuations has a direct impact on the profitability of the Company. Management monitors this activity on a regular basis through analysis of its portfolios to determine the difference between rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities.

The Company’s rate sensitive assets are those earning interest at variable rates and those with contractual maturities within one year.  Rate sensitive assets therefore include both loans and available for sale securities.  Rate sensitive liabilities include interest-bearing checking accounts, money market deposit accounts, savings accounts, time deposits and borrowed funds.  As shown in Table 5, the Company’s balance sheet is asset-sensitive, meaning that in a given period there will be more assets than liabilities subject to immediate repricing as interest rates change in the market. Because most of the Company’s loans are tied to the prime rate, they reprice more rapidly than rate sensitive interest-bearing deposits.  During periods of rising rates, this results in increased net interest income.  The opposite occurs during periods of declining rates.  Rate sensitive assets at December 31, 2008 totaled $921.1 million, exceeding rate sensitive liabilities of $758.3 million by $162.8 million.

The Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility.  By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk.  If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative.  The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company.  As of December 31, 2008, the Company had cash flow hedges with a notional amount of $165.0 million.  These derivative instruments consist of three interest rate floor contracts and one interest rate swap contract.  The interest rate floor contracts are used to hedge future cash flows from payments on the first $115.0 million of certain variable rate loans
 
A-14

 
against the downward effects of their repricing in the event of a decreasing rate environment during the terms of the interest rate floor contracts.  If the prime rate falls below the contract rate during the term of the contract, the Company will receive payments based on notional amount times the difference between the contract rate and the weighted average prime rate for the quarter.  No payments will be received by the Company if the weighted average prime rate is equal to or higher than the contract rate.  The interest rate floor contracts in effect at December 31, 2008 will expire in 2009.  The interest rate swap contract is used to convert $50.0 million of variable rate loans to a fixed rate.  Under the swap contract, the Company receives a fixed rate of 6.245% and pays a variable rate based on the current prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2008) on the notional amount of $50.0 million.  The swap agreement matures in June 2011.  The Company recognized $3.4 million in interest income, net of premium amortization, from interest rate derivative contracts during the year ended December 31, 2008.  Based on the current interest rate environment, it is expected the Company will continue to receive income on these interest rate contracts throughout 2009.

Tables 6 and 7 present additional information on the Company’s derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2008.

Table 6 - Derivative Instruments
             
(Dollars in thousands)
             
 Type of Derivative
Notional
Amount
 
Contract
Rate
   
Premium
 
Year-to-date Income
(Net of Premium Amortization)
Interest rate floor contact*
$ -   -     $ -   $ 151
Interest rate floor contact*
  -   -       -     456
Interest rate floor contact expiring 01/24/09
  45,000   7.500%       562     871
Interest rate floor contact expiring 06/02/09
  35,000   8.000%       399     914
Interest rate floor contact expiring 12/01/09
  35,000   7.250%       634     523
Interest rate swap contact expiring 06/01/11
  50,000   6.245%       -     488
  $ 165,000         $ 1,595   $ 3,403
                       
* Interest rate floor contracts expired during 2008
                 
 
 
Table 7 - Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
       
                       
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31,
2008
As of December 31,
2007
As of December 31,
2008
As of December 31,
2007
 
Balance
Sheet
 Location
 
Fair
Value
 
Balance
Sheet
Location
 
Fair
Value
 
Balance
Sheet
Location
 
Fair
Value
 
Balance
Sheet
Location
 
Fair
Value
Interest rate derivative
                     
contracts
Other assets
 $  4,981
 
Other assets
 $ 1,907
 
N/A
 $         -      
 
N/A
 $        -       
 
Included in the rate sensitive assets are $506.2 million in variable rate loans indexed to prime rate subject to immediate repricing upon changes by the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”).  The Bank utilizes interest rate floors on certain variable rate loans to protect against further downward movements in the prime rate.  At December 31, 2008, the Bank had $149.0 million in loans with interest rate floors.  The floors were in effect on $147.0 million of these loans pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes on these loans.   The weighted average rate on these loans is 1.59% higher than the indexed rate on the promissory notes without interest rate floors.

An analysis of the Company’s financial condition and growth can be made by examining the changes and trends in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  A discussion of these changes and trends follows.

Analysis of Financial Condition
Investment Securities.   All of the Company’s investment securities are held in the available-for-sale (“AFS”) category . At December 31, 2008 the market value of AFS securities totaled $124.9 million, compared to $121.0 million and $117.6 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The increase in 2008 investment securities is the result of net securities purchases that are part of management’s objective to grow the investment portfolio in an effort to manage the credit risk in the balance sheet.  This increase in AFS securities was partially offset by paydowns on mortgage-backed securities, calls and maturities.  Table 8 presents the market value of the AFS securities held at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
 
A-15

 
 
Table 8 - Summary of Investment Portfolio
   
           
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Obligations of United States government
         
sponsored enterprises
$ 58,487   76,992   72,744
             
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
  26,973   25,905   24,366
             
Mortgage-backed securities
  37,271   16,271   19,220
             
Trust preferred securities
  1,250   250   750
             
Equity securities
  935   1,550   501
             
Total securities
$ 124,916   120,968   117,581
 
The composition of the investment securities portfolio reflects the Company’s investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of income.  The investment portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other categories of the balance sheet while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, furnishing liquidity, and supplying securities to pledge as required collateral for certain deposits.

The Company’s investment portfolio consists of U.S. government sponsored enterprise securities, municipal securities, U.S. government enterprise sponsored mortgage-backed securities, and trust preferred securities and equity securities.  AFS securities averaged $115.9 million in 2008, $120.3 million in 2007 and $118.1 million in 2006.  Table 9 presents the amortized cost of AFS securities held by the Company by maturity category at December 31, 2008.   Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity.  Yields are calculated on a tax equivalent basis .   Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate 38.55% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and an effective tax rate of 6.90% for state tax exempt securities.

Table 9 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on Investments
     
                               
       
After One Year
 
After 5 Years
           
 
One Year or Less
 
Through 5 Years
 
Through 10 Years
 
After 10 Years
 
Totals
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Yield
 
Amount
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
Yield
 
Amount
Yield
Book value:
                             
                               
United States Government
$ 3,500 4.60%   33,885 4.88%   11,817   5.08%   6,021 5.52%   55,223 4.98%
sponsored enterprises
                               
                                 
States and political subdivisions
  2,405 5.21%   10,282 4.77%   7,202   6.09%   6,759 6.57%   26,648 5.62%
                                 
Mortgage backed securities
  - -   521 4.54%   11,256   4.68%   24,780 5.35%   36,557 5.13%
                                 
Trust preferred securities
  - -   - -   1,000   3.35%   250 8.13%   1,250 4.31%
                                 
Equity securities
  - -   - -   -   -   1,382 1.49%   1,382 1.49%
                                 
Total securities
$ 5,905 4.85%   44,688 4.85%   31,275   5.11%   39,192 5.47%   121,060 5.12%
 
               Loans.   The loan portfolio is the largest category of the Company’s earning assets and is comprised of commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. The Company grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union and Wake counties in North Carolina.  Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, which is dependent upon the real estate market.  Non-real estate loans also can be affected by local economic conditions.  In management’s opinion, there are no significant concentrations of credit with particular borrowers engaged in similar activities .
 
A-16

 
Real estate mortgage loans include both commercial and residential mortgage loans.  At December 31, 2008, the Company had $108.6 million in residential mortgage loans, $93.3 million in home equity loans and $272.8 million in commercial mortgage loans, which include $218.0 million using commercial property as collateral and $54.8 million using residential property as collateral.  At December 31, 2008, real estate construction loans included $126.5 million in speculative construction and development loans.

Residential mortgage loans include $51.0 million made to customers in the Company’s traditional banking offices and $57.6 million in mortgage loans originated in the Company’s Latino banking operations.  All residential mortgage loans are originated as fully amortizing loans, with no negative amortization.  Also, the Company does not have credit exposure for residential mortgage loans originated that are not reflected in the Company’s assets.

The mortgage loans originated in the traditional banking offices are generally 15 to 30 year fixed rate loans with attributes that cause the loans to not be sellable in the secondary market.  These factors may include higher loan-to-value ratio, limited documentation on income, non-conforming appraisal or non-conforming property type and are generally made to existing Bank customers.  These loans have been originated throughout the Company’s five county service area, with no geographic concentration.  At December 31, 2008 there were 12   loans with an outstanding balance of $1.1million 30 days or more past due and no loans more than 90 days past due.

The mortgage loans originated in the Company’s Latino operations are primarily adjustable rate mortgage loans that adjust annually after the end of the first five years of the loan.  The loans are tied to the one-year T-Bill index and, if they were to adjust at December 31, 2008, would have a reduction in the interest rate on the loan.  The underwriting on these loans includes both full income verification and no income verification, with loan-to-value ratios of up to 95% without private mortgage insurance.  A majority of these loans would be considered subprime loans, as they were underwritten using stated income rather than fully documented income verification.  No other loans in the Company’s portfolio would be considered subprime.  The majority of these loans have been originated within the Charlotte, NC metro area.  At this time, Charlotte has begun to experience a decline in values within the residential real estate market.  At December 31, 2008 there were 96 loans with an outstanding balance of $10.8 million 30 days or more past due and four loans more than 90 days past due totaling $514,000.  Total losses on this portfolio, since the first loans were originated in 2004 have amounted to approximately $348,000   through December 31, 2008.

As a recipient of CPP funds, the Bank will strive to work with delinquent borrowers in an attempt to mitigate foreclosure.  The funds will also be used to absorb losses incurred when modifying loans or making concessions to borrowers in order to keep borrowers out of foreclosure.

The composition of the Company’s loan portfolio is presented in Table 10.

Table 10 - Loan Portfolio
                         
                                       
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
% of Loans
 
Amount
 
% of Loans
 
Amount
 
% of Loans
 
Amount
 
% of Loans
 
Amount
 
% of Loans
Breakdown of loan receivables:
                                     
Commercial
$ 76,945   9.85%   82,190   11.38%   85,064   13.06%   79,902   14.10%   79,189   14.79%
Real estate - mortgage
  474,732   60.77%   417,709   57.83%   364,595   55.97%   330,227   58.28%   312,988   58.45%
Real estate - construction
  216,188   27.67%   209,644   29.03%   187,960   28.86%   141,420   24.96%   127,042   23.73%
Consumer
  13,323   1.71%   12,734   1.76%   13,762   2.11%   15,115   2.66%   16,249   3.03%
                                         
Total loans
$ 781,188   100.00%   722,277   100.00%   651,381   100.00%   566,664   100.00%   535,468   100.00%
                                         
Less: Allowance for loan losses
  11,025       9,103       8,303       7,425       8,049    
                                         
Net loans
$ 770,163       713,174       643,078       559,239       527,419    
 
 
As of December 31, 2008, gross loans outstanding were $781.2 million, an increase of $58.9 million or 8% from the December 31, 2007 balance of $722.3 million.  Commercial loans decreased $5.2 million in 2008.  Real estate mortgage loans grew $57.0 million when compared to 2007 due to an increase in non-conforming mortgage loans and commercial real estate loans. Real estate construction loans increased $6.5 million in 2008 as a result of an increase in real estate development loans.  Consumer loans increased $589,000 in 2008.
 
A-17

 
Table 11 identifies the maturities of all loans as of December 31, 2008 and addresses the sensitivity of these loans to changes in interest rates.

Table 11 - Maturity and Repricing Data for Loans
           
               
(Dollars in thousands)
Within one
year or less
 
After one year through five years
 
After five
years
 
Total loans
Commercial
$ 62,205   13,187   1,553   76,945
Real estate - mortgage
  272,873   149,612   52,247   474,732
Real estate - construction
  201,041   9,805   5,342   216,188
Consumer
  6,860   6,258   205   13,323
                 
Total loans
$ 542,979   178,862   59,347   781,188
                 
Total fixed rate loans
$ 22,816   125,666   59,347   207,829
Total floating rate loans
  520,163   53,196   -   573,359
                 
Total loans
$ 542,979   178,862   59,347   781,188
 
In the normal course of business, there are various commitments outstanding to extend credit that are not reflected in the financial statements. At December 31, 2008, outstanding loan commitments totaled $158.9 million.  Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Additional information regarding commitments is provided below in the section entitled “Contractual Obligations” and in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses.   The allowance for loan losses reflects management's assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.  In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:

·  
the Bank’s loan loss experience;
·  
the amount of past due and non-performing loans;
·  
specific known risks;
·  
the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;
·  
underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
·  
current and anticipated economic conditions; and
·  
other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.

Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loan is collected or collectibility becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns one of nine risk grades, each grade indicating a different level of loss reserves. The loan officer monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit administrators and factored into management’s decision to originate or renew the loan as well as the level of reserves deemed appropriate for the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration.

As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates all loan relationships greater than $1.0 million.  The third party’s evaluation and report is shared with management and the Bank’s Board of Directors.

 
A-18

 
Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.

Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in determining the appropriate levels of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Company’s loss exposure for each credit, given the payment status, financial condition of the borrower, and value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the recorded investment in loans that were considered to be impaired under SFAS No. 114 was approximately $7.5 million and $8.0 million, respectively, with related allowance for loan losses of approximately $462,000 and $1.2 million for December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The general allowance reflects reserves established under the provisions of SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” for collective loan impairment.  These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the last three years’ experience.  This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions.  The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends.

The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, this unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.

Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Management believes it has established the allowance in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and in consideration of the current economic environment. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions that adversely affect the operating results of the Company.

There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. Such revisions, estimates and assumptions are made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.

Additionally, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowances for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowances based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.

Net charge-offs for 2008 were $2.9 million.  The ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans was 0.38%   in 2008, 0.19% in 2007 and 0.27% in 2006.  Management expects the ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans to increase again in 2009 due to the recessionary economic conditions and the decline in real estate values and new home sales.   The allowance for loan losses increased to $11.0 million or 1.41% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2008.  For December 31, 2007 and 2006, the allowance for loan losses amounted to $9.1 million or 1.26% of total loans outstanding and $8.3 million, or 1.27% of total loans outstanding, respectively.  Management would expect the percentage of the allowance for loan losses to total loans to increase in 2009 if non-performing loans continue to increase as a result of the current recessionary economic conditions.

A-19

 
Table 12 presents the percentage of loans assigned to each risk grade along with the general reserve percentage applied to loans in each risk grade at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Table 12 - Loan Risk Grade Analysis
   
 
Percentage of Loans
 
By Risk Grade*
Risk Grade
2008
2007
Risk 1 (Excellent Quality)
4.08%
11.06%
Risk 2 (High Quality)
17.95%
14.06%
Risk 3 (Good Quality)
63.08%
62.53%
Risk 4 (Management Attention)
10.42%
9.51%
Risk 5 (Watch)
2.14%
1.57%
Risk 6 (Substandard)
0.80%
0.13%
Risk 7 (Low Substandard)
0.00%
0.03%
Risk 8 (Doubtful)
0.00%
0.00%
Risk 9 (Loss)
0.00%
0.00%
     
* Excludes non-accrual loans
   
 
Table 13 presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses, including charge-off activity.
 
Table 13 - Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses
       
                   
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
Reserve for loan losses at beginning
$ 9,103   8,303   7,425   8,049   9,722
                     
Loans charged off:
                   
Commercial
  249   414   505   293   1,004
Real estate - mortgage
  1,506   471   568   2,141   3,842
Real estate - construction
  644   252   250   1,250   4
Consumer
  748   489   636   516   535
                     
Total loans charged off
  3,147   1,626   1,959   4,200   5,385
                     
Recoveries of losses previously charged off:
                   
Commercial
  87   86   64   144   162
Real estate - mortgage
  8   21   108   162   144
Real estate - construction
  30   102   2   -   -
Consumer
  150   179   150   160   150
                     
Total recoveries
  275   388   324   466   456
                     
Net loans charged off
  2,872   1,238   1,635   3,734   4,929
                     
Provision for loan losses
  4,794   2,038   2,513   3,110   3,256
                     
Reserve for loan losses at end of year
$ 11,025   9,103   8,303   7,425   8,049
                     
Loans charged off net of recoveries, as
                   
a percent of average loans outstanding
  0.38%   0.19%   0.27%   0.68%   0.90%
 
Non-performing Assets.   Non-performing assets, comprised of non-accrual loans, other real estate owned, other repossessed assets and loans for which payments are more than 90 days past due totaled $14.2 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $8.5 million at December 31, 2007.   Non-accrual loans were $11.8 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of $3.8 million from non-accruals of $8.0 million at December 31, 2007.  As a percentage of loans outstanding, non-accrual loans were 1.51% and 1.11% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Bank had $514,000 in loans 90 days past due and still accruing at December 31, 2008 as compared to no loans for the same period in 2007.  Other real estate owned totaled $1.9 million and $483,000 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The Bank had no repossessed assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
 
A-20

 
At December 31, 2008, the Company had non-performing loans, defined as non-accrual and accruing loans past due more than 90 days, of $12.3 million or 1.58% of total loans.  Non-performing loans for 2007 were $8.0 million, or 1.11% of total loans and $7.6 million, or 1.17% of total loans for 2006. Interest that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, had they performed in accordance with their original terms, amounted to approximately $850,000, $693,000 and $429,000, respectively. Interest income on impaired loans included in the results of operations for 2008, 2007, and 2006 amounted to approximately $65,000, $29,000 and $144,000, respectively.

Management continually monitors the loan portfolio to ensure that all loans potentially having a material adverse impact on future operating results, liquidity or capital resources have been classified as non-performing.  Should economic conditions deteriorate, the inability of distressed customers to service their existing debt could cause higher levels of non-performing loans.  Management anticipates continued weakness in the housing market, which combined with the current recessionary economic conditions will, in all likelihood, result in higher levels of non-performing loans in 2009.

It is the general policy of the Company to stop accruing interest income and place the recognition of interest on a cash basis when a loan is placed on non-accrual status and any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income.  Generally a loan is placed on non-accrual status when it is over 90 days past due and there is reasonable doubt that all principal will be collected.

A summary of non-performing assets at December 31 for each of the years presented is shown in Table 14.

Table 14 - Non-performing Assets
                 
                   
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
Non-accrual loans
$ 11,815   7,987   7,560   3,492   5,097
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
  514   -   78   946   245
Total non-performing loans
  12,329   7,987   7,638   4,438   5,342
All other real estate owned
  1,867   483   344   531   682
All other repossessed assets
  -   -   -   -   -
Total non-performing assets
$ 14,196   8,470   7,982   4,969   6,024
                     
As a percent of total loans at year end
                   
Non-accrual loans
  1.51%   1.11%   1.16%   0.62%   0.95%
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
  0.07%   0.00%   0.01%   0.17%   0.05%
Total non-performing assets
  1.82%   1.17%   1.23%   0.88%   1.12%
 
                 Deposits.   The Company primarily uses deposits to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts to individuals and businesses. Deposit accounts include checking, savings, money market and time deposits. As of December 31, 2008, total deposits were $721.1 million, an increase of $27.5 million or 4% increase over the December 31, 2007 balance of $693.6 million.   Core deposits, which include demand deposits, savings accounts and certificates of deposits of denominations less than $100,000, increased to $497.2 million at December 31, 2008 from $490.1 million at December 31, 2007.

Time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $220.4 million, $203.5 million and $194.2 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  At December 31, 2008, brokered deposits amounted to $61.0 million as compared to $53.9 million at December 31, 2007.  Brokered deposits are generally considered to be more susceptible to withdrawal as a result of interest rate changes and to be a less stable source of funds, as compared to deposits from the local market.  Brokered deposits outstanding as of December 31, 2008 have a weighted average rate of 3.25% with a weighted average original term of 8 months.
 
 
A-21

 
Table 15 is a summary of the maturity distribution of time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2008.

Table 15 - Maturities of Time Deposits over $100,000
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
Three months or less
$ 106,166
Over three months through six months
  58,526
Over six months through twelve months
  40,819
Over twelve months
  14,864
Total
$ 220,375
 
                Borrowed Funds. The Company has access to various short-term borrowings, including the purchase of federal funds and borrowing arrangements from the FHLB and other financial institutions.  At December 31, 2008, FHLB borrowings totaled $77.0 million compared to $87.5 million at December 31, 2007 and $89.3 million at December 31, 2006. Average FHLB borrowings for 2008 were $79.2 million, compared to average balances of $80.1 million for 2007 and $74.1 million for 2006. The maximum amount of outstanding FHLB borrowings was $97.6 million in 2008, and $95.0 in 2007 and $99.5 in 2006.   The FHLB borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2008 had both fixed and adjustable interest rates ranging from 3.71% to 6.49%.  At December 31, 2008, all of the Bank’s FHLB borrowings had maturities exceeding one year.  The FHLB has the option to convert $72.0 million of the total borrowings to a floating rate and, if converted, the Bank may repay borrowings without a prepayment fee.  The Company also has an additional $5.0 million in variable rate convertible borrowings, which may be repaid without a prepayment fee if converted by the FHLB.  Additional information regarding FHLB borrowings is provided in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank had $5.0 million in borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 2008. This borrowing was a 28-day Term Auction Facility loan at an interest rate of 0.28% which matured in January 2009.

Demand notes payable to the U. S. Treasury, which represent treasury tax and loan payments received from customers, amounted to approximately $1.6 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase amounted to $37.5 million, $27.6 million and $6.4 million as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Junior Subordinated Debentures (related to Trust Preferred Securities).   In June 2006 the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in December 2006 the trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust in December 2001 and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.

The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II has funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net combined effect of the trust preferred securities transaction is that the Company is obligated to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, on or after June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.   The Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2008 are summarized in Table 16 below.  The Company’s contractual obligations include the repayment of principal and interest related to FHLB advances and junior subordinated debentures, as well as certain payments under current lease agreements.  Other commitments include commitments to extend credit.  Because not all of these commitments to extend credit will be drawn upon, the actual cash requirements are likely to be significantly less than the amounts reported for other commitments below.
 
A-22

 
 
Table 16 - Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
           
                   
(Dollars in thousands)
Within One
Year
 
One to
Three Years
 
Three to
Five Years
 
Five Years
or More
 
Total
Contractual Cash Obligations
                 
Long-term borrowings
$ -   12,000   -   65,000   77,000
Junior subordinated debentures
  -   -   -   20,619   20,619
Operating lease obligations
  769   1,191   701   1,893   4,554
                     
Total
$ 769   13,191   701   87,512   102,173
                     
Other Commitments
                   
Commitments to extend credit
$ 54,767   14,566   2,336   87,270   158,939
Standby letters of credit
                   
and financial guarantees written
  4,294   22   -   -   4,316
                     
Total
$ 59,061   14,588   2,336   87,270   163,255
 
The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage various financial risks.  A derivative is a financial instrument that derives its cash flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an underlying instrument, index or referenced interest rate.  Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date.  Derivative contracts are written in amounts referred to as notional amounts, which only provide the basis for calculating payments between counterparties and are not a measure of financial risk.  Therefore, the derivative amounts recorded on the balance sheet do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts.  Further discussions of derivative instruments are included above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management” beginning on page A-13 and in Notes 1, 10, 11 and 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Capital Resources.   Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2008 was $101.1 million compared to $70.1 million at December 31, 2007 and $62.8 million at December 31, 2006.  Unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, at December 31, 2008 and 2007 amounted to gains of $5.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively.  At December 31, 2006, unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, amounted to a loss of $771,000.  Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total average assets is one measure used to determine capital strength.   Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total average assets was 8.20%, 8.34% and 8.09% for 2008, 2007 and 2006.   The return on average shareholders’ equity was 8.38% at December 31, 2008 as compared to 13.59% and 14.68% as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.  Total cash dividends paid during 2008 amounted to $2.7 million.  Cash dividends totaling $2.3 million and $1.9 million were paid during 2007 and 2006, respectively.

In November 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 million in common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock through its existing Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of November 2007.  During 2007, the Company repurchased 100,000 shares, or $1,938,000, of its common stock under this plan.

In August 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 75,000 common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock through its existing Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of August 2008.  The Company repurchased 50,497 shares, or $873,000, of its common stock under this plan during 2007.  The Company repurchased 25,000 shares, or $350,000, of its common stock under this plan during 2008. The Board of Directors ratified the purchase of 497 additional shares in March 2008.

In March 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 100,000 common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock through its existing Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of March 2009.  The Company has repurchased 65,500 shares, or $776,000, of its common stock under this plan as of December 31, 2008.  Because of the Company’s participation in the CPP, discussed below, the Company can no longer repurchase shares of its common stock under the Stock Repurchase Plan without UST approval.

On December 23, 2008, the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement with the UST.  Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell 25,054 shares of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase 357,234 shares of common stock associated with the Company’s participation in the CPP under the TARP.  Proceeds from this issuance of preferred shares were allocated between preferred stock and the warrant based on their relative fair
 
A-23

 
values at the time of the sale.  Of the $25.1 million in proceeds, $24.4 million was allocated to the Series A preferred stock and $704,000 was allocated to the common stock warrant.  The discount recorded on the preferred stock that resulted from allocating a portion of the proceeds to the warrant is being accreted directly to retained earnings over a five-year period applying a level yield.  No dividends were declared or paid on the Series A preferred stock during 2008, and cumulative undeclared dividends at December 31, 2008 were $28,000.  The CPP, created by the UST, is a voluntary program in which selected, healthy financial institutions were encouraged to participate.  Approved use of the funds includes providing credit to qualified borrowers, either as companies or individuals, among other things.  Such participation is intended to support the economic development of the community and thereby restore the health of the local and national economy.

The Series A preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter.  The Series A preferred stock may be redeemed at the stated amount of $1,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.  Under the terms of the original Purchase Agreement, the Company could not redeem the preferred shares until December 23, 2011 unless the total amount of the issuance, $25.1 million, was replaced with the same amount of other forms of capital that would qualify as Tier 1 capital.  However, with the enactment of the ARRA, the Company can now redeem the preferred shares at any time, if approved by the Company’s primary regulator.  The Series A preferred stock is non-voting except for class voting rights on matters that would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Series A preferred stock.

The exercise price of the warrant is $10.52 per common share and it is exercisable at anytime on or before December 18, 2018.

The Company is subject to the following restrictions while the Series A preferred stock is outstanding: 1) UST approval is required for the Company to repurchase shares of outstanding common stock; 2) the full dividend for the latest completed CPP dividend period must declared and paid in full before dividends may be paid to common shareholders; 3) UST approval is required for any increase in common dividends per share; and 4) the Company may not take tax deductions for any senior executive officer whose compensation is above $500,000.  There were additional restrictions on executive compensation added in the ARRA for companies participating in the TARP, including participants in the CPP.

Under regulatory capital guidelines, financial institutions are currently required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, with a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater.  Tier 1 capital is generally defined as shareholders' equity and trust preferred securities less all intangible assets and goodwill.  Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 includes $20.0 million in trust preferred securities. The Company’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.65%, 11.03% and 11.70% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Total risk-based capital is defined as Tier 1 capital plus supplementary capital.  Supplementary capital, or Tier 2 capital, consists of the Company's allowance for loan losses, not exceeding 1.25% of the Company's risk-weighted assets. Total risk-based capital ratio is therefore defined as the ratio of total capital (Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets.  The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 14.90%, 12.16% and 12.86% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  In addition to the Tier 1 and total risk-based capital requirements, financial institutions are also required to maintain a leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4.0% or greater.  The Company’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 12.40%, 10.43% and 10.80% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The Bank’s Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 9.85%, 9.80% and 10.21% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The total risk-based capital ratio for the Bank was 11.10%, 10.93% and 11.37% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.   The Bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 8.94%, 9.26% and 9.41% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively.

A bank is considered to be "well capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0 % or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and has a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater.  Based upon these guidelines, the Bank was considered to be "well capitalized" at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

The Company’s key equity ratios as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are presented in Table 17.
 
Table 17 - Equity Ratios
           
             
   
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Return on average assets
  0.69%   1.13%   1.19%
Return on average equity
  8.38%   13.59%   14.68%
Dividend payout ratio
  41.93%   24.30%   20.78%
Average equity to average assets
  8.20%   8.34%   8.09%
 
 
A-24

 
 
                Quarterly Financial Data.   The Company’s consolidated quarterly operating results for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented in Table 18.

Table 18 - Quarterly Financial Data
                             
                                 
 
2008
   
2007
Dollars in thousands, except                                
per share amounts)
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
   
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
                                 
Total interest income
$ 14,553   14,072   14,122   13,576     $ 15,200   15,446   15,625   15,461
Total interest expense
  6,680   5,700   5,627   5,520       6,607   6,735   7,038   7,205
                                     
Net interest income
  7,873   8,372   8,495   8,056       8,593   8,711   8,587   8,256
                                     
Provision for loan losses
  391   681   1,035   2,687       323   634   296   785
Other income
  2,607   2,802   2,506   2,580       2,122   2,139   2,007   2,548
Other expense
  6,930   7,113   7,278   7,572       6,021   6,180   6,214   7,578
                                     
Income before income taxes
  3,159   3,380   2,688   377       4,371   4,036   4,084   2,441
Income taxes
  1,103   1,188   942   (20 )     1,584   1,446   1,471   839
                                     
Net earnings
$ 2,056   2,192   1,746   397     $ 2,787   2,590   2,613   1,602
                                     
Basic earnings per share
$ 0.37   0.39   0.31   0.07     $ 0.49   0.45   0.46   0.28
Diluted earnings per share
$ 0.36   0.39   0.31   0.07     $ 0.48   0.44   0.45   0.28
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-25



QUANTATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk reflects the risk of economic loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates.  This risk of loss can be reflected in either diminished current market values or reduced potential net interest income in future periods.

The Company’s market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in its lending and deposit taking activities. The structure of the Company’s loan and deposit portfolios is such that a significant decline (increase) in interest rates may adversely (positively)   impact net market values and interest income. Management seeks to manage the risk through the utilization of its investment securities and off-balance sheet derivative instruments. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company used interest rate contracts to manage market risk as discussed above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.”

Table 19 presents in tabular form the contractual balances and the estimated fair value of the Company’s on-balance sheet financial instruments and the notional amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s off-balance sheet derivative instruments at their expected maturity dates for the period ended December 31, 2008. The expected maturity categories take into consideration historical prepayment experience as well as management’s expectations based on the interest rate environment at December 31, 2008.  As of December 31, 2008, all fixed rate advances are callable at the option of FHLB.  For core deposits without contractual maturity (i.e. interest bearing checking, savings, and money market accounts), the table presents principal cash flows based on management’s judgment concerning their most likely runoff or repricing behaviors.
 
Table 19 - Market Risk Table
                     
                                     
(Dollars In thousands)
Principal/Notional Amount Maturing in Year Ended December 31,
Loans Receivable
2009
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012 &
2013
   
Thereafter
   
Total
 
Fair Value
Fixed rate
$ 33,980     32,285     20,804     80,068     40,692     207,829   210,922
Average interest rate
  7.25 %   7.00 %   6.97 %   6.86 %   7.34 %        
Variable rate
$ 241,262     84,819     31,616     50,428     165,234     573,359   573,359
Average interest rate
  4.09 %   3.98 %   4.39 %   4.33 %   5.99 %        
                                  781,188   784,281
Investment Securities
  .                                  
Interest bearing cash
$ -     -     -     -     1,453     1,453   1,453
Average interest rate
  -     -     -     -     0.03 %        
Federal funds sold
$ 6,733     -     -     -     -     6,733   6,733
Average interest rate
  0.10 %   -     -     -     -          
Securities available for sale
$ 22,806     21,907     34,228     14,346     31,629     124,916   126,539
Average interest rate
  4.95 %   4.80 %   4.38 %   4.77 %   4.66 %        
Nonmarketable equity securities
$ -     -     -     -     6,303     6,303   6,303
Average interest rate
  -     -     -     -     3.52 %        
                                       
Debt Obligations
                                     
Deposits
$ 368,469     23,198     12,805     2,249     314,341     721,062   716,678
Average interest rate
  3.17 %   3.02 %   2.50 %   3.09 %   4.08 %        
Advances from FHLB
$ -     7,000     5,000     15,000     50,000     77,000   83,038
Average interest rate
  -     6.05 %   4.21 %   4.19 %   4.27 %        
Federal Reserve Borrowings
$ 5,000     -     -     -     -     5,000   4,999
Average interest rate
  0.28 %   -     -     -     -          
Demand notes payable to U.S. Treasury
$ 1,600     -     -     -     -     1,600   1,600
Average interest rate
  0.12 %   -     -     -     -          
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
$ 37,501                             37,501   37,501
Average interest rate
  1.34 %                                
Junior subordinated debentures
$ -     -     -     -     20,619     20,619   20,619
Average interest rate
  -     -     -     -     3.63 %        
                                       
Derivative Instruments (notional amount)
                                     
Interest rate floor contracts
$ 115,000     -     -     -     -     115,000   2,254
Average interest rate
  7.58 %   -     -     -     -          
Interest rate swap contracts
$ -     -     50,000     -     -     50,000   2,727
Average interest rate
  -     -     6.25 %   -     -          
 
 
A-26

 
               Table 20 presents the simulated impact to net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of rate changes over a twelve-month period referred to as “rate ramps.”  The table shows the estimated theoretical impact on the Company’s tax equivalent net interest income from hypothetical rate changes of plus and minus 1% and 2% as compared to the estimated theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged.  The table also shows the simulated impact to market value of equity under varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of immediate and sustained rate changes referred to as “rate shocks” of plus and minus 1% and 2% compared to the theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged.  The prospective effects of the hypothetical interest rate changes are based upon various assumptions, including relative and estimated levels of key interest rates.  This type of modeling has limited usefulness because it does not allow for the strategies management would utilize in response to sudden and sustained rate changes.  Also, management does not believe that rate changes of the magnitude presented are likely in the forecast period presented.

Table 20 - Interest Rate Risk
         
(Dollars in thousands)
     
Estimated Resulting Theoretical Net
Interest Income
Hypothetical rate change (ramp over 12 months)
   
Amount
% Change
  +2%     $ 32,175   3.95%
  +1%     $ 31,476   1.70%
  0%     $ 30,951   0.00%
  -1%     $ 30,455   -1.60%
  -2%     $ 29,832   -3.62%
               
               
               
       
Estimated Resulting Theoretical
Market Value of Equity
Hypothetical rate change (immediate shock)
   
Amount
% Change
  +2%     $ 92,797   -10.94%
  +1%     $ 98,019   -5.92%
  0%     $ 104,192   0.00%
  -1%     $ 106,142   1.87%
  -2%     $ 108,667   4.30%
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-27


 
MARKET FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON EQUITY
AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

Peoples Bancorp common stock is traded on the over-the-counter (OTC) market and quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, under the symbol “PEBK.”  Market makers for the Company’s shares include Scott and Stringfellow, Inc. and Sterne Agee & Leach.

Although the payment of dividends by the Company is subject to certain requirements and limitations of North Carolina corporate law, neither the Commissioner nor the FDIC have promulgated any regulations specifically limiting the right of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares.  However, the ability of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares may be dependent upon the Company’s receipt of dividends from the Bank.  The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is limited.  North Carolina commercial banks, such as the Bank, are subject to legal limitations on the amounts of dividends they are permitted to pay.   Dividends may be paid by the Bank from undivided profits, which are determined by deducting and charging certain items against actual profits, including any contributions to surplus required by North Carolina law.   Also, an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the applicable law and regulations).   Based on its current financial condition, the Bank does not expect that this provision will have any impact on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends.  Due to the Company’s participation in the CPP, the full dividend for the latest completed CPP dividend period must be declared and paid in full before dividends may be paid to common shareholders and UST approval is required for any increase in common dividends per share.

As of March 10, 2009, the Company had 707 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities   whose stock is held in nominee or street name through various brokerage firms or banks.   The market price for the Company’s common stock was $5.55 on March 10, 2009.

Table 21 presents certain market and dividend information for the last two fiscal years.  Over-the-counter quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
 
Table 21 - Market and Dividend Data
           
               
             
Cash Dividend
2008
Low Bid
   
High Bid
   
Per Share
First Quarter
$ 12.20     15.50     0.12
                 
Second Quarter
$ 9.56     14.19     0.12
                 
Third Quarter
$ 7.36     13.14     0.12
                 
Fourth Quarter
$ 8.51     12.00     0.12
                 
                 
               
Cash Dividend
2007
Low Bid
   
High Bid
   
Per Share
First Quarter
$ 17.37     19.26     0.08
                 
Second Quarter
$ 17.89     21.15     0.09
                 
Third Quarter
$ 17.13     20.03     0.12
                 
Fourth Quarter
$ 14.75     18.00     0.12
 
 
 

 
A-28


 
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph compares the Company’s cumulative shareholder return on its Common Stock with a NASDAQ index and with a southeastern bank index.  The graph was prepared by SNL Securities, L.C., Charlottesville, Virginia, using data as of December 31, 2008.


COMPARISON OF SIX-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS
Performance Report for
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
 
 
 
GRAPH
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-29

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
   
   
INDEX
   
 
PAGE(S)
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements
A-31
   
Financial Statements
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007
A-32
   
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
A-33
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
A-34
   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
A-35
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
A-36 - A-37
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
A-38 - A-61
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-30

                                                                       
 
Porter Keadle Moore, LLP
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
 
 
To the Board of Directors and shareholders
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
Newton, North Carolina

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, changes in shareholders’ equity, comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We were not engaged to examine management's assessment of the effectiveness of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc’s. internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, included in the accompanying Management’s Report of Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion thereon.

 
/s/ Porter Keadle Moore, LLP
 
 
 
Atlanta, Georgia
March 6, 2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certified Public Accountants
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Suite 1800  Ÿ 235 Peachtree Street NE Ÿ   Atlanta, Georgia 30303 Ÿ Phone 404-588-4200   Ÿ Fax 404-588-4222   Ÿ www.pkm.com
 
 
A-31

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
             
December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
             
Assets
 
2008
   
2007
 
             
             
Cash and due from banks, including reserve requirements
  $ 19,743,047       26,108,437  
of $7,257,000 and $7,439,000
               
Interest bearing deposits
    1,452,825       1,539,190  
Federal funds sold
    6,733,000       2,152,000  
Cash and cash equivalents
    27,928,872       29,799,627  
                 
Investment securities available for sale
    124,916,349       120,968,358  
Other investments
    6,302,809       6,433,947  
Total securities
    131,219,158       127,402,305  
                 
Loans
    781,188,082       722,276,948  
Less allowance for loan losses
    (11,025,516 )     (9,103,058 )
Net loans
    770,162,566       713,173,890  
                 
Premises and equipment, net
    18,296,895       18,234,393  
Cash surrender value of life insurance
    7,019,478       6,776,379  
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
    14,135,328       11,875,202  
Total assets
  $ 968,762,297       907,261,796  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
               
                 
Deposits:
               
Non-interest bearing demand
  $ 104,448,128       112,071,090  
NOW, MMDA & savings
    210,057,612       196,959,895  
Time, $100,000 or more
    220,374,302       203,499,504  
Other time
    186,182,341       181,108,214  
Total deposits
    721,062,383       693,638,703  
                 
Demand notes payable to U.S. Treasury
    1,600,000       1,600,000  
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    37,500,738       27,583,263  
Short-term Federal Reserve Bank borrowings
    5,000,000       -  
FHLB borrowings
    77,000,000       87,500,000  
Junior subordinated debentures
    20,619,000       20,619,000  
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
    4,851,750       6,219,248  
Total liabilities
    867,633,871       837,160,214  
                 
Shareholders' equity:
               
                 
Series A preferred stock, $1,000 stated value; authorized
               
5,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
               
25,054 shares in 2008 and no shares
               
outstanding in 2007
    24,350,219       -     
Common stock, no par value; authorized
               
20,000,000 shares; issued and
               
outstanding 5,539,056 shares in 2008
               
and 5,624,234 shares in 2007
    48,268,525       48,651,895  
Retained earnings
    22,985,694       19,741,876  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    5,523,988       1,707,811  
Total shareholders' equity
    101,128,426       70,101,582  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
  $ 968,762,297       907,261,796  
                 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
               
 
 
A-32

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
 
                   
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
                   
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
                   
                   
Interest income:
                 
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 50,603,885       55,400,514       49,667,700  
Interest on federal funds sold
    54,765       383,492       85,307  
Interest on investment securities:
                       
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises
    4,392,356       4,571,571       4,321,346  
States and political subdivisions
    904,432       887,584       798,185  
Other
    367,423       488,465       521,077  
Total interest income
    56,322,861       61,731,626       55,393,615  
                         
Interest expense:
                       
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits
    3,248,844       4,098,892       3,060,201  
Time deposits
    15,008,193       17,430,012       14,188,623  
FHLB borrowings
    3,616,018       3,758,996       3,588,169  
Junior subordinated debentures
    1,016,361       1,475,701       1,962,692  
Other
    637,201       821,331       310,188  
Total interest expense
    23,526,617       27,584,932       23,109,873  
                         
Net interest income
    32,796,244       34,146,694       32,283,742  
                         
Provision for loan losses
    4,794,000       2,038,000       2,513,282  
                         
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    28,002,244       32,108,694       29,770,460  
                         
Other income:
                       
Service charges
    5,202,972       4,278,238       3,929,956  
Other service charges and fees
    2,399,051       1,938,137       1,539,367  
Loss on sale and write-down of securities
    (167,048 )     (561,832 )     (591,856 )
Mortgage banking income
    660,288       560,291       289,293  
Insurance and brokerage commissions
    425,653       521,095       388,559  
Loss on sale and write-down of
                       
other real estate and  repossessed assets
    (287,431 )     (117,880 )     (107,712 )
Miscellaneous
    2,261,104       2,197,645       2,106,188  
Total other income
    10,494,589       8,815,694       7,553,795  
                         
Other expense:
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    15,194,393       13,887,841       11,785,094  
Occupancy
    5,029,096       4,750,634       4,180,058  
Other
    8,669,465       7,354,401       7,017,986  
Total other expenses
    28,892,954       25,992,876       22,983,138  
                         
Earnings before income taxes
    9,603,879       14,931,512       14,341,117  
                         
Income taxes
    3,213,316       5,339,541       5,170,300  
                         
Net earnings
  $ 6,390,563       9,591,971       9,170,817  
                         
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 1.14       1.68       1.61  
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 1.13       1.65       1.58  
Cash dividends declared per common share
  $ 0.48       0.41       0.33  
                         
                         
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                 
 
 
A-33

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
                               
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
 
                               
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
                               
                       
Accumulated
 
                       
  Other
 
   
Stock Shares
 
Stock Amount
 
Retained
 
  Comprehensive
 
   
Preferred
Common
 
Preferred
Common
 
Earnings
 
Income (Loss)
Total
 
Balance, December 31, 2005
    -     3,440,805   $ -     41,096,500     14,656,160     (1,399,666 )   54,352,994  
10% stock dividend
    -     343,850     -     9,430,532     (9,430,532 )   -     -  
Cash paid in lieu of
                                           
fractional shares
    -     -     -     -     (6,426 )   -     (6,426 )
Cash dividends declared
    -     -     -     -     (1,905,556 )   -     (1,905,556 )
Repurchase and retirement of
                                           
common stock
    -     (19,250 )   -     (425,000 )   -     -     (425,000 )
Exercise of stock options
    -     65,229     -     771,325     -     -     771,325  
Stock option tax benefit
    -     -     -     243,100     -     -     243,100  
Stock option compensation
                                           
expense
    -     -     -     5,690     -     -     5,690  
Net earnings
    -     -     -     -     9,170,817     -     9,170,817  
Change in accumulated other
                                           
comprehensive income
                                           
(loss), net of tax
    -     -     -     -     -     628,429     628,429  
Balance, December 31, 2006
    -     3,830,634     -     51,122,147     12,484,463     (771,237 )   62,835,373  
                                             
3 for 2 stock split
    -     1,915,147     -     -     -     -     -  
Cash paid in lieu of
                                           
fractional shares
    -     -     -     -     (3,355 )   -     (3,355 )
Cash dividends declared
    -     -     -     -     (2,331,203 )   -     (2,331,203 )
Repurchase and retirement of
                                           
common stock
    -     (150,497 )   -     (2,810,907 )   -     -     (2,810,907 )
Exercise of stock options
    -     28,950     -     239,182     -     -     239,182  
Stock option tax benefit
    -     -     -     91,815     -     -     91,815  
Stock option compensation
                                           
expense
    -     -     -     9,658     -     -     9,658  
Net earnings
    -     -     -     -     9,591,971     -     9,591,971  
Change in accumulated other
                                           
comprehensive income
                                           
(loss), net of tax
    -     -     -     -     -     2,479,048     2,479,048  
Balance, December 31, 2007
    -     5,624,234     -     48,651,895     19,741,876     1,707,811     70,101,582  
                                             
Cumulative effect of
                                           
adoption of EITF 06-4
    -     -     -     -     (466,917 )   -     (466,917 )
Issuance of Series A
                                           
preferred stock
    25,054     -     24,350,219     703,781     -     -     25,054,000  
Cash dividends declared on
                                           
common stock
    -     -     -     -     (2,679,828 )   -     (2,679,828 )
Repurchase and retirement of
                                           
common stock
    -     (90,500 )   -     (1,126,275 )   -     -     (1,126,275 )
Exercise of stock options
    -     5,322     -     43,948     -     -     43,948  
Stock option compensation
                                           
expense
    -     -     -     (4,824 )   -     -     (4,824 )
Net earnings
    -     -     -     -     6,390,563     -     6,390,563  
Change in accumulated other
                                           
comprehensive income
                                           
(loss), net of tax
    -     -     -     -     -     3,816,177     3,816,177  
Balance, December 31, 2008
    25,054     5,539,056   $ 24,350,219     48,268,525     22,985,694     5,523,988     101,128,426  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                         
 
 
A-34

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
             
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
             
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
             
             
Net earnings
$ 6,390,563     9,591,971     9,170,817  
                   
Other comprehensive income:
                 
Unrealized holding gains on securities
                 
available for sale
  2,144,591     1,964,861     197,569  
Reclassification adjustment for losses on sales and
                 
write-downs of securities available for sale included
                 
in net earnings
  167,048     561,832     591,856  
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivative
                 
financial instruments qualifying as cash flow
                 
hedges
  3,743,982     1,244,910     (345,049 )
Reclassification adjustment for losses on
                 
derivative financial instruments qualifying as
                 
cash flow hedges included in net earnings
  -         -         386,285  
                   
Total other comprehensive income,
                 
before income taxes
  6,055,621     3,771,603     830,661  
                   
Income tax expense related to other
                 
comprehensive income:
                 
                   
Unrealized holding gains on securities
                 
available for sale
  835,318     765,313     76,953  
Reclassification adjustment for losses on sales and
                 
write-downs of securities available for sale included
                 
in net earnings
  65,065     218,834     230,528  
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivative
                 
financial instruments qualifying as cash flow
                 
hedges
  1,339,061     308,408     (255,707 )
Reclassification adjustment for losses on
                 
derivative financial instruments qualifying as
                 
cash flow hedges included in net earnings
  -         -         150,458  
                   
Total income tax expense related to
                 
other comprehensive income
  2,239,444     1,292,555     202,232  
                   
Total other comprehensive income,
                 
net of tax
  3,816,177     2,479,048     628,429  
                   
Total comprehensive income
$ 10,206,740     12,071,019     9,799,246  
                   
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
             
 
 
A-35

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
             
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
             
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
             
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net earnings
$ 6,390,563     9,591,971     9,170,817  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to
                 
net cash provided by operating activities:
                 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
  1,678,913     1,553,251     1,616,558  
Provision for loan losses
  4,794,000     2,038,000     2,513,282  
Deferred income taxes
  (485,137 )   (479,806 )   (615,626 )
Loss on sale and write-down of investment securities
  167,048     561,832     591,856  
Recognition of gain on sale of
                 
derivative instruments
  -       -       386,285  
Loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment
  1,404     (10,337 )   (20,896 )
Loss (gain) on sale of repossessed assets
  46,801     83,294     (2,288 )
Write-down of other real estate and repossessions
  240,630     34,586     110,000  
Amortization of deferred issuance costs on
                 
junior subordinated debentures
  -       -       461,298  
Stock option compensation expense
  12,434     9,658     5,690  
Change in:
                 
Mortgage loans held for sale
  -       -       2,247,900  
Cash surrender value of life insurance
  (243,099 )   (243,973 )   (220,649 )
Other assets
  (19,918 )   (1,013,866 )   (1,206,937 )
Other liabilities
  (1,851,672 )   2,403,990     (230,144 )
                   
Net cash provided by operating activities
  10,731,967     14,528,600     14,807,146  
                   
Cash flows from investing activities:
                 
Purchases of investment securities available for sale
  (41,658,966 )   (15,858,155 )   (30,579,262 )
Proceeds from calls and maturities of investment securities
                 
available for sale
  16,488,469     7,470,991     8,562,058  
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available
                 
for sale
  23,448,161     8,362,525     19,871,979  
Purchases of other investments
  (4,179,862 )   (8,356,900 )   (12,748,200 )
Proceeds from sale of other investments
  4,311,000     8,424,000     11,263,500  
Net change in loans
  (65,188,183 )   (72,815,928 )   (86,825,349 )
Purchases of premises and equipment
  (1,857,429 )   (7,672,018 )   (1,624,299 )
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
  33,545     55,630     -  
Proceeds from sale of repossessed assets
  2,867,543     425,158     825,115  
Purchases of derivative financial instruments
  -       (634,000 )   (961,500 )
                   
Net cash used by investing activities
  (65,735,722 )   (80,598,697 )   (92,215,958 )
                   
Cash flows from financing activities:
                 
Net change in deposits
  27,423,680     59,818,414     50,966,628  
Net change in demand notes payable to U.S. Treasury
  -       -       126,307  
Net change in securities sold under agreement to repurchase
  9,917,475     21,165,460     5,436,753  
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings
  97,100,000     275,300,000     700,800,000  
Repayments of FHLB borrowings
  (107,600,000 )   (277,100,000 )   (683,100,000 )
Proceeds from FRB borrowings
  5,000,000     -       -    
Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures
  -       -       20,619,000  
Repayments of junior subordinated debentures
  -       -       (14,433,000 )
Proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock
  25,054,000     -       -    
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
  43,948     330,997     1,014,425  
Common stock repurchased
  (1,126,275 )   (2,810,907 )   (425,000 )
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares
  -       (3,355 )   (6,426 )
Cash dividends paid
  (2,679,828 )   (2,331,203 )   (1,905,556 )
                   
Net cash provided by financing activities
  53,133,000     74,369,406     79,093,131  
                   
Net change in cash and cash equivalent
  (1,870,755 )   8,299,309     1,684,319  
                   
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  29,799,627     21,500,318     19,815,999  
                   
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$ 27,928,872     29,799,627     21,500,318  
 
 
A-36

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
             
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued
 
             
For the Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
             
             
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
             
             
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
           
Cash paid during the year for:
           
Interest
$ 23,799,196     27,420,245     23,171,572  
Income taxes
$ 4,165,800     5,689,500     6,398,100  
                   
Noncash investing and financing activities:
                 
Change in unrealized gain on investment securities
                 
 available for sale, net
$ 1,411,256     1,542,546     481,944  
Change in unrealized gain on derivative financial
                 
 instruments, net
$ 2,404,921     936,502     146,485  
Transfer of loans to other real estate and repossessions
$ 4,538,987     681,735     746,004  
Financed portion of sale of other real estate
$ 1,133,480     -         273,000  
Reclassification of an investment from other assets
                 
to securities available for sale
$ -         499,995     -      
Reclassification of a security from other investments
                 
to securities available for sale
$ -         600,000     -      
Transfer of retained earnings to common stock for
                 
issuance of stock dividend
$ -         -         9,430,532  
Deferred gain rolled into cost basis of
                 
acquired building
$ -         539,815     -      
Cumulative effect of adoption of EITF 06-4
$ 466,917     -         -      
                   
                   
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                 
 
 
A-37

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)
    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Organization
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”) received regulatory approval to operate as a bank holding company on July 22, 1999, and became effective August 31, 1999.  Bancorp is primarily regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and serves as the one-bank holding company for Peoples Bank.

Peoples Bank (the “Bank”) commenced business in 1912 upon receipt of its banking charter from the North Carolina State Banking Commission (the “SBC”). The Bank is primarily regulated by the SBC and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and undergoes periodic examinations by these regulatory agencies. The Bank, whose main office is in Newton, North Carolina, provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking services primarily in Catawba, Alexander, Lincoln, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union and Wake counties in North Carolina.

Peoples Investment Services, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1996 to provide investment and trust services through agreements with an outside party.

Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1997 to provide real estate appraisal and property management services to individuals and commercial customers of the Bank.

Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (collectively called the “Company”).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of Presentation
The accounting principles followed by the Company, and the methods of applying these principles, conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and with general practices in the banking industry. In preparing the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Material estimates common to the banking industry that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term include, but are not limited to, the determination of the allowance for loan losses and valuation of real estate acquired in connection with or in lieu of foreclosure on loans.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and due from banks and federal funds sold are considered cash and cash equivalents for cash flow reporting purposes. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods.

Investment Securities
The Company classifies its securities in one of three categories: trading, available for sale, or held to maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for sale in the near term. Held to maturity securities are those securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All other securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company classified all of its investment securities as available for sale.

Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized.

A decline in the market value of any available for sale investment below cost that is deemed other than temporary is charged to earnings and establishes a new cost basis for the security.

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to the yield.  Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available for sale are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Other Investments
Other investments include equity securities with no readily determinable fair value.  These investments are carried at cost.
 
A-38

 
Loans
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding.   The recognition of certain loan origination fee income and certain loan origination costs is deferred when such loans are originated and amortized over the life of the loan.

Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan will not be collected.

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic conditions and collection efforts that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period earnings and interest is recognized on a cash basis when such loans are placed on non-accrual status.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses reflects management's assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.  In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:

·  
the Bank’s loan loss experience;
·  
the amount of past due and non-performing loans;
·  
specific known risks;
·  
the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;
·  
underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
·  
current and anticipated economic conditions; and
·  
other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114, “Accounting By Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Company’s loss exposure for each credit, given the payment status, financial condition of the borrower, and value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.

The general allowance reflects reserves established under the provisions of SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” for collective loan impairment.  These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the last three years’ experience.  This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions.  The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends.

The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, this unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.
 
A-39


Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Management believes it has established the allowance in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and in consideration of the current economic environment. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. Such revisions, estimates and assumptions are made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.

Additionally, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowances for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowances based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.

Mortgage Banking Activities
Mortgage banking income represents net gains from the sale of mortgage loans and fees received from borrowers and loan investors related to the Company’s origination of single-family residential mortgage loans.

Mortgage servicing rights (“MSR's”) represent the unamortized cost of purchased and originated contractual rights to service mortgages for others in exchange for a servicing fee.  MSRs are amortized over the period of estimated net servicing income and are periodically adjusted for actual prepayments of the underlying mortgage loans. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company fully amortized the remaining balance of the Bank’s MSRs.   Management determined there was minimal fair value in the MSRs due to the small remaining balance in the loans serviced for others.   The Company amortized approximately $227,000 during 2006.  No new servicing assets were recognized during 2008, 2007 and 2006.

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was approximately $9.3 million, $12.1 million and $14.8 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is reflected in earnings for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful life of the respective asset is charged to earnings as incurred, whereas significant renewals and improvements are capitalized. The range of estimated useful lives for premises and equipment are generally as follows:
 
Buildings and improvements
 
10 - 50 years
Furniture and equipment
 
3 - 10 years
 
Foreclosed Assets
Foreclosed assets include all assets received in full or partial satisfaction of a loan and include real and personal property. Foreclosed assets are reported at the lower of carrying amount or net realizable value, and are included in other assets on the balance sheet.

Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Additionally, the recognition of future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards, is required to the extent that the realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

In the event the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities results in deferred tax assets, an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of the deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be
 
A-40

 
realized. In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into derivative contracts to manage interest rate risk by modifying the characteristics of the related balance sheet instruments in order to reduce the adverse effect of changes in interest rates. All derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the financial statements.

On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a trading instrument. Changes in the fair value of instruments used as fair value hedges are accounted for in the earnings of the period simultaneous with accounting for the fair value change of the item being hedged. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedges are accounted for in other comprehensive income rather than earnings. Changes in fair value of instruments that are not intended as a hedge are accounted for in the earnings of the period of the change.

If a derivative instrument designated as a fair value hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, the difference between a hedged item’s then carrying amount and its face amount is recognized into income over the original hedge period. Likewise, if a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, related amounts accumulated in other accumulated comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings over the original hedge period during which the hedged item affects income.

The Company formally documents all hedging relationships, including an assessment that the derivative instruments are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.

Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
At December 31, 2008, accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of net unrealized gains on securities available for sale of $2.3 million and net unrealized gains on derivatives of $3.2 million.  At December 31, 2007, accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of net unrealized gains on securities available for sale of $943,000 and net unrealized gains on derivatives of $765,000.

Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted stock, performance units, stock appreciation rights, or book value shares, may be granted to eligible directors and employees.  A total of 636,687 shares are currently reserved for possible issuance under this Plan.   All rights must be granted or awarded within ten years from the May 13, 1999 effective date of the plan.

Under the Plan, the Company has granted incentive stock options to certain eligible employees in order that they may purchase Company stock at a price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant.  The options granted in 1999 vested over a five-year period.  Options granted subsequent to 1999 vest over a three-year period.  
 
A-41

 
All options expire after ten years.  A summary of the activity in the Plan is presented below:

Stock Option Activity
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
                   
   
Shares
   
Weighted
Average Option
Price Per Share
 
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term (in
years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding, December 31, 2005
    319,692     $ 8.13        
                       
Granted during the period
    -         $ -            
Forfeited during the period
    (164 )   $ 7.38        
Exercised during the period
    (97,854 )   $ 7.87        
                       
Outstanding, December 31, 2006
    221,674     $ 8.24        
                       
Granted during the period
    -         $ -            
Forfeited during the period
    -         $ -            
Exercised during the period
    (28,949 )   $ 8.26        
                       
Outstanding, December 31, 2007
    192,725     $ 8.24        
                       
Granted during the period
    -         $ -            
Forfeited during the period
    (2,458 )   $ 8.02        
Exercised during the period
    (5,322 )   $ 8.26        
                       
Outstanding, December 31, 2008
    184,945     $ 8.24  
                            3.08
 
 $        174,002
                       
Exercisable, December 31, 2008
    184,945     $ 8.24  
                            3.08
 
 $        174,002
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2008 are exercisable at option prices ranging from $6.99 to $10.57.  Such options have a weighted average remaining contractual life of approximately three years.

The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123(R)), on January 1, 2006 using the “modified prospective” method. Under this method, awards that are granted, modified, or settled after December 31, 2005, are measured and accounted for in accordance with SFAS 123(R). Also under this method, expense is recognized for unvested awards that were granted prior to January 1, 2006, based upon the fair value determined at the grant date under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (SFAS 123).  The Company recognized compensation expense for employee stock options and restricted stock awards of $12,000 and $10,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested employee stock options.

No options were granted during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.  The total intrinsic value (amount by which the fair market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of an option on exercise date) of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $26,000 and $285,000, respectively.  There were no options vested during the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2,420 options vested during the year ended December 31, 2007.  Cash received from option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $44,000 and $239,000, respectively.  There were no tax deductions from options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The tax benefit for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $92,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007.

The Company granted 3,000 shares of restricted stock in 2007 at a grant date fair value of $17.40 per share. The Company granted 1,750 shares of restricted stock at a grant date fair value of $12.80 per share during third quarter 2008 and 2,000 shares of restricted stock at a fair value of $11.37 per share during fourth quarter 2008. The Company recognizes compensation expense on the restricted stock over the period of time the restrictions are in place (three years from the grant date for the grants to date).  The amount of expense recorded each period reflects the changes in the Company’s stock price during the period.  As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, there was $47,000 and $48,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock grants, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a period of three years.
 
A-42

 
Net Earnings Per Share
Net earnings per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period while the effects of potential common shares outstanding during the period are included in diluted earnings per common share. The average market price during the year is used to compute equivalent shares.

The reconciliations of the amounts used in the computation of both “basic earnings per common share” and “diluted earnings per common share” for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

For the year ended December 31, 2008:     Net Earnings     
Common     
  Shares   
   
Per Share
Amount 
Basic earnings per common share
$   6,390,563     5,588,314   $ 1.14
Effect of dilutive securities:
                 
Stock options
    -         58,980      
Diluted earnings per common share
$   6,390,563     5,647,294   $ 1.13
                   
For the year ended December 31, 2007:     Net Earnings     
Common     
  Shares      
   
Per Share
Amount 
Basic earnings per common share
$   9,591,971     5,700,860   $ 1.68
Effect of dilutive securities:
                 
Stock options
    -         109,455      
Diluted earnings per common share
$   9,591,971     5,810,315   $ 1.65
                   
For the year ended December 31, 2006:     Net Earnings     
Common
   Shares 
   
Per Share
Amount 
Basic earnings per common share
$   9,170,817     5,701,829   $ 1.61
Effect of dilutive securities:
                 
Stock options
    -         100,495      
Diluted earnings per common share
$   9,170,817     5,802,324   $ 1.58
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”, which permits entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain other instruments at fair value.  SFAS No.159 was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008.  The Company did not choose this option for any asset or liability, and therefore SFAS No. 159 did not have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (‘FSP”) FAS No. 140-3, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions.”  This FSP provides guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.”   This FSP is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13.”  This FSP amends SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” to exclude SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases” and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS No. 13.  This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157.”  This FSP delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually).  This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active.”  This FSP clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” in a market that is not active.  This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
 
A-43

 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”  SFAS No. 161 is an amendment to SFAS No. 133, which provides for enhanced disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivatives and how and where those derivatives and related hedged items are reported in the entity’s financial statements.  SFAS No. 161 is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2009.  As this is a disclosure related standard, this standard is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.  SFAS No. 161 will result in additional disclosures related to the Company’s derivatives.

In September 2008, the FASB FSP FAS No. 133-1 and FIN 45-4, “Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45 and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161.”  This FSP is an amendment to SFAS No. 133, which provides for enhanced disclosure requirements for credit risk derivatives.  This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.”  This FSP amends SFAS No. 132, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan.  This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

(2)
    Investment Securities

Investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
 
   
December 31, 2008
   
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated Fair Value
                       
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 36,556,684       854,237       139,840       37,271,081
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
    55,222,788       3,266,198       2,324       58,486,662
State and political subdivisions
    26,648,553       459,546       134,525       26,973,574
Trust preferred securities
    1,250,000       -           -           1,250,000
Equity securities
    1,382,184       -           447,152       935,032
                               
Total
  $ 121,060,209       4,579,981       723,841       124,916,349
                               
   
December 31, 2007
   
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated Fair Value
                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 16,469,053       6,423       204,509       16,270,967
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
    75,155,693       1,839,143       3,035       76,991,801
State and political subdivisions
    25,856,311       250,483       201,406       25,905,388
Trust preferred securities
    250,000       -           -           250,000
Equity securities
    1,692,799       246,000       388,597       1,550,202
                               
Total
  $ 119,423,856       2,342,049       797,547       120,968,358
 
The current fair value and associated unrealized losses on investments in debt securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized in the tables below, with the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous loss position.
 
A-44

 
 
 
December 31, 2008
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
                       
Mortgage-backed securities
$ 10,017,250     139,840     -         -         10,017,250     139,840
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
  -         -         614,289     2,324     614,289     2,324
State and political subdivisions
  2,748,094     75,172     2,373,145     59,353     5,121,239     134,525
Equity securities
  528,000     72,000     407,032     375,152     935,032     447,152
                                   
Total
$ 13,293,344     287,012     3,394,466     436,829     16,687,810     723,841
                                   
 
December 31, 2007
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
 Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
                                   
Mortgage-backed securities
$ 24,591     104     14,320,043     204,405     14,344,634     204,509
U.S. government sponsored enterprises
  -         -         689,775     3,035     689,775     3,035
State and political subdivisions
  2,059,746     33,781     11,188,720     167,625     13,248,466     201,406
Equity securities
  425,620     88,134     278,581     300,463     704,201     388,597
                                   
Total
$ 2,509,957     122,019     26,477,119     675,528     28,987,076     797,547
 
At December 31, 2008, unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio related to debt securities totaled $277,000.  The unrealized losses on these debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and are considered to be temporary.  From the December 31, 2008 tables above, 13 out of 74 securities issued by state and political subdivisions contained unrealized losses and 7 out of 59 securities issued by U.S. government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, contained unrealized losses.  These unrealized losses are considered temporary because of acceptable investment grades on each security and the repayment sources of principal and interest are government backed.

The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other than temporary.   As part of its evaluation in 2008, the Company determined that the fair value of one investment was less than the original cost of the investment and that the decline in fair value was not temporary in nature.  As a result, the Company wrote down its original investment by $300,000.  The remaining fair value of the investment at December 31, 2008 was $22,000.  Similarly, as part of its evaluation in 2007, the Company wrote down two investments by $430,000.  The remaining fair value of the investments at December 31, 2007 was $348,000.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2008, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
 
   
Amortized Cost
   
Estimated Fair Value
           
Due within one year
  $ 5,904,880       6,015,036
Due from one to five years
    44,167,067       46,804,084
Due from five to ten years
    20,019,656       20,602,860
Due after ten years
    13,029,738       13,288,256
Mortgage-backed securities
    36,556,684       37,271,081
Equity securities
    1,382,184       935,032
               
Total
  $ 121,060,209       124,916,349
 
A-45

 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale during 2008 were $23.4 million and resulted in a gross gain of $160,000.  During 2007 and 2006, the proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $8.4 million and $19.9 million, respectively.  Gross losses of $132,000 and $592,000 for 2007 and 2006, respectively, were realized on those sales.

Securities with a fair value of approximately $65.2 million and $50.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as required by law.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”.  SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  SFAS No. 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements.  SFAS No. 157 was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008.  This standard had no effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value measurements.  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  The Company’s fair value measurements for items measured at fair value at December 31, 2008 included:
 
 
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2008
 
Level 1 Valuation
 
Level 2 Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
Investment securities available for sale
$ 124,916,349   935,032   122,731,317   1,250,000
Market value of derivatives (in other assets)
$ 4,980,701   -   4,980,701   -
 
Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.  Fair values of derivative instruments are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities.

The following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment securities available for sale using Level 3, significant unobservable inputs, for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 
Investment Securities Available for Sale
 
Level 3 Valuation
Balance, beginning of period
$ 250,000
Change in book value
  -
Change in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized
  -
Purchases/(sales)
  1,000,000
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
  -
Balance, end of period
$ 1,250,000
     
Change in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held in Level 3
$ 0
 
 

A-46


 
(3)
    Loans

Major classifications of loans at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows:

 
2008
 
2007
       
Commercial
$ 76,945,143   82,190,391
Real estate - mortgage
  474,732,433   417,708,750
Real estate - construction
  216,187,811   209,643,836
Consumer
  13,322,695   12,733,971
         
Total loans
  781,188,082   722,276,948
         
Less allowance for loan losses
  11,025,516   9,103,058
         
Total net loans
$ 770,162,566   713,173,890
 
The Company grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union and Wake counties.  Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by improved and unimproved real estate, the value of which is dependent upon the real estate market.
 
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 114, the Company has specific loan loss reserves for loans that management has determined to be impaired.  These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Company’s loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the recorded investment in loans that were considered to be impaired was approximately $7.5 million and $8.0 million,  respectively.  In addition, the Company had approximately $514,000 and $0 in loans past due more than ninety days and still accruing interest at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The Company had specific reserves on impaired loans of $462,000 and $1.2 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The average recorded investment in impaired loans for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was approximately $8.8 million and $7.3 million, respectively.  For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized approximately $57,000, $29,000 and $144,000, respectively, of interest income on impaired loans. 

The Company’s December 31, 2008 fair value measurement for impaired loans is presented below:
 
 
Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2008
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Total Gains/(Losses) for
the Year Ended
December 31, 2008
Impaired loans
$ 7,073,045     5,902,848   1,170,197   (345,000)
Other real estate
$ 1,866,971     1,866,971   -   (165,630)
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:

 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
                 
Balance at beginning of year
$ 9,103,058     8,303,432     7,424,782  
Amounts charged off
  (3,146,939 )   (1,626,458 )   (1,958,551 )
Recoveries on amounts previously charged off
  275,397     388,084     323,919  
Provision for loan losses
  4,794,000     2,038,000     2,513,282  
                   
Balance at end of year
$ 11,025,516     9,103,058     8,303,432  
 
 
A-47


 
(4)
    Premises and Equipment

Major classifications of premises and equipment are summarized as follows:
 
 
2008
 
2007
       
Land
$ 3,572,799   3,572,241
Buildings and improvements
  14,709,218   14,700,078
Furniture and equipment
  17,156,190   15,496,630
         
Total premises and equipment
  35,438,207   33,768,949
         
Less accumulated depreciation
  17,141,312   15,534,556
         
Total net premises and equipment
$ 18,296,895   18,234,393
 
Depreciation expense was approximately $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The Company recognized approximately $1.7 and $1.5 million in depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

(5)
   Time Deposits

At December 31, 2008, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

2009
$ 368,499,249
2010
  23,010,748
2011
  12,797,281
2012
  1,156,885
2013 and thereafter
  1,092,480
     
Total
$ 406,556,643
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has approximately $61.0 million and $53.9 million, respectively, in time deposits purchased through third party brokers.  The weighted average rate of brokered deposits as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 3.25% and 5.06%, respectively.

(6)
    Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings

The Bank has borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) with monthly or quarterly interest payments at December 31, 2008. The FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all residential first mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, home equity lines of credit and loans secured by multi-family real estate that the Bank owns.  At December 31, 2008, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $244.9 million.

Borrowings from the FHLB outstanding at December 31, 2008 consist of the following:
 
 
 
A-48


 
Maturity Date
Call Date
 
Rate
 
Rate Type
 
Amount
               
March 30, 2010
September 30, 2000 and every
           
 
three months thereafter
  5.880%  
Convertible
    5,000,000
                 
May 24, 2010
May 24, 2001 and every three
             
 
months thereafter
  6.490%  
Convertible
    2,000,000
                 
June 24, 2015
June 24, 2010
  3.710%  
Convertible
    5,000,000
                 
March 25, 2019
March 25, 2009
  4.360%  
Convertible
    5,000,000
                 
March 31, 2016
March 31, 2009 and every three
             
 
months thereafter
  4.620%  
Convertible
    5,000,000
                 
October 5, 2016
October 5, 2009
  4.450%  
Convertible
    5,000,000
                 
December 12, 2011
December 12, 2007 and every
  4.210%  
Convertible
    5,000,000
 
three months thereafter
             
                 
January 30, 2017
October 30, 2008 and every
  4.500%  
Convertible
    5,000,000
 
three months thereafter
             
                 
June 8, 2017
December 8, 2008 and every
  4.713%  
Convertible
    15,000,000
 
three months thereafter
             
                 
June 9, 2014
February 11, 2008 and every
  4.685%  
Convertible
    15,000,000
 
month thereafter
             
                 
                 
July 11, 2017
January 11, 2008 and every
  4.440%  
Convertible
    5,000,000
 
three months thereafter
             
                 
July 24, 2017
April 24, 2008 and every
  4.420%  
Convertible
    5,000,000
 
month thereafter
             
                 
              $ 77,000,000
 
The FHLB has the option to convert $72.0 million of the total borrowings to a floating rate and, if converted, the Bank may repay borrowings without payment of a prepayment fee.  The Company also has an additional $5.0 million in variable rate convertible borrowings, which may be repaid without a prepayment fee if converted by the FHLB.

The Bank is required to purchase and hold certain amounts of FHLB stock in order to obtain FHLB borrowings. No ready market exists for the FHLB stock, and it has no quoted market value. The stock is redeemable at $100 per share subject to certain limitations set by the FHLB. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank owned FHLB stock amounting to $5.1 million and $5.4 million, respectively.

The Bank had $5.0 million in borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) at December 31, 2008. This borrowing was a 28-day Term Auction Facility loan at an interest rate of 0.28% which matured in January 2009.  The FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2008, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $280.8 million.

(7)
    Junior Subordinated Debentures

In June 2006, the Company formed a second wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in December 2006 the trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust in December 2001 and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.

The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust
 
A-49

 
preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II has funds with which to make the distributions and other payments.  The net combined effect of all the documents entered into in connection with the trust preferred securities is that the Company is liable to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, on or after June 28, 2011.  As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest.

(8)
    Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes in summarized as follows:

 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Current
$ 3,698,453     5,819,347     5,785,926  
Deferred
  (485,137 )   (479,806 )   (615,626 )
Total
$ 3,213,316     5,339,541     5,170,300  
 
The differences between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to earnings before income taxes are as follows:

 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Pre-tax income at statutory rates (34%)
$ 3,265,319     5,076,714     4,875,980  
Differences:
                 
Tax exempt interest income
  (313,083 )   (307,169 )   (280,826 )
Nondeductible interest and other expense
  59,310     55,871     45,872  
Cash surrender value of life insurance
  (82,654 )   (82,951 )   (75,021 )
State taxes, net of federal benefits
  257,213     559,905     576,444  
Other, net
  27,211     37,170     27,851  
Total
$ 3,213,316     5,339,541     5,170,300  
 
The following summarized the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.  The net deferred tax asset is included as a component of other assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
 
2008
 
2007
Deferred tax assets:
     
Allowance for loan losses
$ 4,280,854   3,531,076
Amortizable intangible assets
  43,703   76,398
Accrued retirement expense
  1,184,373   819,246
Income from non-accrual loans
  36,973   50,219
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges
  -       20,525
Premises and equipment
  -       9,757
Total gross deferred tax assets
  5,545,903   4,507,221
         
Deferred tax liabilities:
       
Deferred loan fees
  1,654,311   1,346,322
Premises and equipment
  194,463   -    
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities
  1,501,966   601,583
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges
  1,318,536   -    
Other
  84,100   12,482
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
  4,753,376   1,960,387
Net deferred tax asset
$ 792,527   2,546,834
 

A-50

 
(9)           Related Party Transactions
The Company conducts transactions with its directors and executive officers, including companies in which they have beneficial interests, in the normal course of business. It is the policy of the Company that loan transactions with directors and officers are made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time made for comparable loans to other persons. The following is a summary of activity for related party loans for 2008:

Beginning balance
$ 5,615,899
New loans
  3,734,377
Repayments
  3,692,009
     
Ending balance
$ 5,658,267
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had deposit relationships with related parties of approximately $20.0 million and $15.7 million, respectively.

(10)
    Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases various office spaces for banking and operational facilities and equipment under operating lease arrangements. Future minimum lease payments required for all operating leases having a remaining term in excess of one year at December 31, 2008 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
 
2009
$ 769,569
2010
  626,965
2011
  563,901
2012
  444,834
2013
  255,909
Thereafter
  1,893,313
     
Total minimum obligation
$ 4,554,491
 
Total rent expense was approximately $1.0 million, $1.1 million and $959,000 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees.  Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.  The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

In most cases, the Company requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

 
Contractual Amount
 
2008
 
2007
Financial instruments whose contract amount represent credit risk:
     
       
Commitments to extend credit
$ 158,939,113   190,653,583
         
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written
$ 4,316,012   3,894,259
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and because they may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount of $163.3 million does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 
A-51

 
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to businesses in the Company’s delineated market area. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company holds real estate, equipment, automobiles and customer deposits as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

The Company has an overall interest rate-risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility.  By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk.  If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative.  The Company attempts to minimize the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company and are believed to be of high quality.

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party (both as plaintiff and defendant) to a number of lawsuits. In the opinion of management and counsel, none of these cases should have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Bank or the Company.

The Company has employment agreements with certain key employees. The agreements, among other things, include salary, bonus, incentive stock option, and change in control provisions.

The Company has $38.0 million available for the purchase of overnight federal funds from four correspondent financial institutions.

(11)
    Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Transactions

The Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility.  By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk.  If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative.  The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had cash flow hedges with a notional amount of $165.0 million.  These derivative instruments consist of three interest rate floor contracts and one interest rate swap contract.  The interest rate floor contracts are used to hedge future cash flows from payments on the first $115.0 million of certain variable rate loans against the downward effects of their repricing in the event of a decreasing rate environment during the terms of the interest rate floor contracts.  If the prime rate falls below the contract rate during the term of the contract, the Company will receive payments based on notional amount times the difference between the contract rate and the weighted average prime rate for the quarter.  No payments will be received by the Company if the weighted average prime rate is equal to or higher than the contract rate.  The interest rate floor contracts in effect at December 31, 2008 will expire in 2009.  The interest rate swap contract is used to convert $50.0 million of variable rate loans to a fixed rate.  Under the swap contract, the Company receives a fixed rate of 6.245% and pays a variable rate based on the current prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2008) on the notional amount of $50.0 million.  The swap agreement matures in June 2011.  The Company recognized $3.4 million in interest income, net of premium amortization, from interest rate derivative contracts during the year ended December 31, 2008.  Based on the current interest rate environment, it is expected the Company will continue to receive income on these interest rate contracts throughout 2009.

The following tables present additional information on the Company’s derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2008.
 
 
 
A-52


 
 Type of Derivative
 
Notional
Amount
 
Contract
Rate
   
Premium
 
Year-to-date Income (Net of Premium Amortization)
Interest rate floor contact*
  $ -     -     $ -   $ 151,180
Interest rate floor contact*
    -     -       -     455,766
Interest rate floor contact expiring 01/24/09
    45,000,000     7.500%       562,000     870,517
Interest rate floor contact expiring 06/02/09
    35,000,000     8.000%       399,000     914,017
Interest rate floor contact expiring 12/01/09
    35,000,000     7.250%       634,000     523,191
Interest rate swap contact expiring 06/01/11
    50,000,000     6.245%       -     488,451
    $ 165,000,000           $ 1,595,000   $ 3,403,122
                           
* Interest rate floor contracts expired during 2008
                   
 
Fair values of derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133 are as follows:
 
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
 
As of December 31, 2008
 
 
As of December 31, 2007
 
As of December
31, 2008
 
As of December
31, 2007
 
Balance
 Sheet
Location
 
 
Fair Value
 
Balance
Sheet
Location
 
 
Fair Value
 
Balance
Sheet
Location
 
Fair
Value
 
Balance
Sheet
Location
 
Fair
Value
Interest rate
                     
derivative
                     
contracts
     Other assets
 $  4,981,000        
 
     Other assets
 $   1,907,000       
  
N/A
 $        -       
 
N/A
 $        -      
 
 
(12)
    Employee and Director Benefit Programs

The Company has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for the benefit of substantially all employees subject to certain minimum age and service requirements. Under this plan, the Company matches employee contributions to a maximum of five percent of annual compensation. The Company’s contribution pursuant to this formula was approximately $483,000, $424,000 and $405,000 for the years of 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Investments of the plan are determined by the compensation committee consisting of selected outside directors and senior executive officers. No investments in Company stock have been made by the plan. The vesting schedule for the plan begins at 20 percent after two years of employment and graduates 20 percent each year until reaching 100 percent after six years of employment.

In September 2006, the FASB released SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” which requires employers to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit postretirement plans.  The effective date for public companies was for years ending after December 15, 2006.  Management has compared the accrued postretirement benefit expense and the charge to other comprehensive income, as calculated in accordance with prior accounting standards to the requirement under SFAS 158 and determined that the difference is immaterial.

In December 2001, the Company initiated a postretirement benefit plan to provide retirement benefits to key officers and its Board of Directors and to provide death benefits for their designated beneficiaries.  Under the plan, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of the key officers and each director.  The increase in cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the plan each year.  Plan participants are to be paid annual benefits for a specified number of years commencing upon retirement. Expenses incurred for benefits relating to this plan, which include EITF 06-4 expense, were approximately $365,000, $258,000 and $240,000 during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The Company is currently paying medical benefits for certain retired employees. Postretirement benefits expense, including amortization of the transition obligation, as applicable, was approximately $23,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
A-53


The following table sets forth the change in the accumulated benefit obligation for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans described above:
 
   
2008
 
       
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
  $ 1,528,488  
Service cost
    180,162  
Interest cost
    99,569  
Benefits paid
    (28,931 )
Benefit obligation at end of period
  $ 1,779,288  
 
The amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 are shown in the following two tables:
 
   
2008
 
       
Benefit obligation
  $ 1,779,288  
Fair value of plan assets
    -      
         
   
2008
 
         
Funded status
  $ (1,779,288 )
Unrecognized prior service cost/benefit
    -      
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
    -      
Net amount recognized
  $ (1,779,288 )
         
Unfunded accrued liability
  $ (1,779,288 )
Intangible assets
    -      
Net amount recognized
  $ (1,779,288 )
 
Net periodic benefit cost of the Company's two post retirement benefit plans for the year ended December 31, 2008 consisted of the following:
 
   
2008
 
       
Service cost
  $ 180,162  
Interest cost
    99,569  
Net periodic cost
  $ 279,731  
 
Weighted average discount rate assumption used to
   
determine benefit obligation
 
             6.68% 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company paid benefits totaling $46,000.  Information about the expected benefit payments for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans is as follows:

Year ending December 31,
   
2009
  $ 58,713
2010
  $ 62,690
2011
  $ 86,858
2012
  $ 199,328
2013
  $ 204,735
Thereafter
  $ 9,459,971
 
A-54

 
Members of the Board of Directors are eligible to participate in the Company’s Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Stock Benefits Plan”).  Each director has been awarded 9,737 book value shares (adjusted for stock dividends and stock splits) under the Stock Benefits Plan.  The book value of the shares awarded range from $6.31 to $8.64.  All book value shares will be fully vested on May 6, 2009.  The Company recorded expenses of approximately $136,000, $159,000 and $128,000 associated with the benefits of this plan in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

A summary of book value shares activity under the Stock Benefits Plan for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is presented below.
 
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Price of
Book Value Shares
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Price of
Book Value
Shares
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Price of
Book Value
Shares
Outstanding, beginning of period
97,377   $ 7.38   97,377   $ 7.38   97,377   $ 7.38
Exercised during the period
-       $ -       -       $ -       -       $ -    
                             
Outstanding, end of period
97,377   $ 7.38   97,377   $ 7.38   97,377   $ 7.38
                             
Number of shares exercisable
89,580   $ 7.27   81,791   $ 7.89   73,998   $ 6.98
 
In September 2006, the FASB ratified the conclusions reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) on EITF 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.”  This issue requires companies to recognize an obligation for either the present value of the entire promised death benefit or the annual “cost of insurance” required to keep the policy in force during the post-retirement years.  EITF 06-4 was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008.  The Company made a $467,000 reduction to retained earnings for the cumulative effect of EITF 06-4 as of January 1, 2008 pursuant to the guidance of this pronouncement to record the portion of this benefit earned by participants prior to adoption of this pronouncement.

(13)
    Regulatory Matters

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital in relation to both on- and off-balance sheet items at various risk weights. Total capital consists of two tiers of capital. Tier 1 Capital includes common shareholders’ equity and trust preferred securities less adjustments for intangible assets. Tier 2 Capital consists of the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and other adjustments. Management believes, as of December 31, 2008, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2008, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
 
A-55

 
The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented below:
 
   
Actual
 
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
                         
   
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
   
(dollars in thousands)
                         
As of December 31, 2008:
                       
                         
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
                       
Consolidated
  $ 125,871   14.90%   67,589   8.00%   N/A   N/A
Bank
  $ 93,530   11.10%   67,411   8.00%   84,264   10.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
                         
Consolidated
  $ 115,332   13.65%   33,794   4.00%   N/A   N/A
Bank
  $ 82,991   9.85%   33,705   4.00%   50,558   6.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
                         
Consolidated
  $ 115,332   12.40%   37,192   4.00%   N/A   N/A
Bank
  $ 82,991   8.94%   37,137   4.00%   46,421   5.00%
                           
As of December 31, 2007:
                         
                           
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
                         
Consolidated
  $ 97,410   12.16%   64,071   8.00%   N/A   N/A
Bank
  $ 87,393   10.93%   63,940   8.00%   79,926   10.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
                         
Consolidated
  $ 88,307   11.03%   32,035   4.00%   N/A   N/A
Bank
  $ 78,290   9.80%   31,970   4.00%   47,955   6.00%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
                         
Consolidated
  $ 88,307   10.43%   33,873   4.00%   N/A   N/A
Bank
  $ 78,290   9.26%   33,827   4.00%   42,284   5.00%
 
(14)
    Shareholders’ Equity

On April 19, 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a 3-for-2 stock split that was paid in conjunction with the Company’s regular cash dividend for the second quarter of 2007.  As a result of the stock split, each shareholder received three new shares of stock for every two shares of stock they held as of the record date.  Shareholders received a cash payment in lieu of any fractional shares resulting from the stock split.  The cash dividend was paid based on the number of shares held by shareholders as adjusted by the stock split.  All previously reported per share amounts have been restated to reflect this stock split.

In November 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 million in common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock through its existing Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of November 2007.  No shares of common stock were repurchased under this plan during 2006.  During 2007 the Company repurchased 100,000 shares, or $1,938,000, of its common stock under this plan.

In August 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 75,000 common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock through its existing Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of August 2008.  The Company repurchased 50,497 shares, or $873,000, of its common stock under this plan during 2007.  The Company repurchased 25,000 shares, or $350,000, of its common stock under this plan during 2008. The Board of Directors ratified the purchase of 497 additional shares in March 2008.

In March 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 100,000 common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock through its existing Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of March 2009.  The Company has repurchased 65,500 shares, or $776,000, of its common stock under this plan as of December 31, 2008.   Because of the Company's participation inthe U.S. Treasury Department's Capital Purchase Program ("CPP"), discussed below, the Company can no longer repurchase shares of its common stock under the Stock Repurchase Plan without United States Department of the Treasury ("UST") approval.

A-56

 
The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares. The Board is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights.

On December 23, 2008, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) with the United States Department of the Treasury (“UST”).  Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell 25,054 shares of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase 357,234 shares of common stock associated with the Company’s participation in the U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”).  Proceeds from this issuance of preferred shares were allocated between preferred stock and the warrant based on their relative fair values at the time of the sale.  Of the $25.1 million in proceeds, $24.4 million was allocated to the Series A preferred stock and $704,000 was allocated to the common stock warrant.  The discount recorded on the preferred stock that resulted from allocating a portion of the proceeds to the warrant is being accreted directly to retained earnings over a five-year period applying a level yield.  No dividends were declared or paid on the Series A preferred stock during 2008, and cumulative undeclared dividends at December 31, 2008 were $28,000.  The CPP, created by the UST, is a voluntary program in which selected, healthy financial institutions were encouraged to participate.  Approved use of the funds includes providing credit to qualified borrowers, either as companies or individuals, among other things.  Such participation is intended to support the economic development of the community and thereby restore the health of the local and national economy.

The Series A preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter.  The Series A preferred stock may be redeemed at the stated amount of $1,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.  Under the terms of the original Purchase Agreement, the Company could not redeem the preferred shares until December 23, 2011 unless the total amount of the issuance, $25.1 million, was replaced with the same amount of other forms of capital that would qualify as Tier 1 capital.  However, with the enactment of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), the Company can now redeem the preferred shares at any time, if approved by the Company’s primary regulator.  The Series A preferred stock is non-voting except for class voting rights on matters that would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Series A preferred stock.

The exercise price of the warrant is $10.52 per common share and it is exercisable at anytime on or before December 18, 2018.

The Company is subject to the following restrictions while the Series A preferred stock is outstanding: 1) UST approval is required for the Company to repurchase shares of outstanding common stock; 2) the full dividend for the latest completed CPP dividend period must be declared and paid in full before dividends may be paid to common shareholders; 3) UST approval is required for any increase in common dividends per share; and 4) the Company may not take tax deductions for any senior executive officer whose compensation is above $500,000.  There were additional restrictions on executive compensation added in the ARRA for companies participating in the TARP.

The Board of Directors of the Bank may declare a dividend of all of its retained earnings as it may deem appropriate, subject to the requirements of the General Statutes of North Carolina, without prior approval from the requisite regulatory authorities. As of December 31, 2008, this amount was approximately $37.8 million.

(15)
    Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense for the years ended December 31 included the following items that exceeded one percent of total revenues:

 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
           
Advertising
$ 1,076,461   988,116   772,917
 
(16)
    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company is required to disclose fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are detailed below. Where quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques. The use of discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following disclosures should not be considered a surrogate of the liquidation
 
A-57

 
value of the Company, but rather a good faith estimate of the increase or decrease in value of financial instruments held by the Company since purchase, origination, or issuance.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
For cash, due from banks, interest bearing deposits and federal funds sold, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Investment Securities Available for Sale
Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices.

Other Investments
For other investments, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Loans
The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. For variable rate loans, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
For cash surrender value of life insurance, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Derivative Instruments
For derivative instruments, fair value is estimated as the amount that the Company would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the reporting date, taking into account the current unrealized gains or losses on open contracts.

Deposits and Demand Notes Payable
The fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, and demand notes payable to U.S. Treasury is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

FHLB and Short-term FRB Borrowings
The fair value of FHLB and FRB borrowings is estimated based upon discounted future cash flows using a discount rate comparable to the current market rate for such borrowings.

Junior Subordinated Debentures
Because the Company’s junior subordinated debentures were issued at a floating rate, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term and at variable interest rates. Therefore, both the carrying value and estimated fair value associated with these instruments are immaterial.

Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on many judgments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments include the deferred income taxes and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax
 
A-58

 
ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
 
 
2008
 
2007
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
(dollars in thousands)
               
Assets:
             
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 27,929   27,929   29,800   29,800
Investment securities available for sale
$ 124,916   126,539   120,968   120,968
Other investments
$ 6,303   6,303   6,434   6,434
Loans, net
$ 770,163   773,256   713,174   713,689
Cash surrender value of life insurance
$ 7,019   7,019   6,776   6,776
Derivative instruments
$ 4,981   4,981   1,907   1,907
                 
Liabilities:
               
Deposits and demand notes payable
$ 722,662   718,278   695,239   695,659
Securities sold under agreements
               
to repurchase
$ 37,501   37,501   27,583   27,583
Short-term FRB borrowings
$ 5,000   4,999   -   -
FHLB borrowings
$ 77,000   83,038   87,500   90,223
Junior subordinated debentures
$ 20,619   20,619   20,619   20,619
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-59

 
(17)           Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (Parent Company Only) Condensed Financial Statements


Balance Sheets
       
December 31, 2008 and 2007
       
Assets
2008
 
2007
       
Cash
$ 25,599,529   725,416
Interest-bearing time deposit
  5,000,000   8,000,000
Investment in subsidiaries
  89,406,831   80,703,540
Investment securities available for sale
  1,811,123   1,374,581
Other assets
  415,483   251,724
         
Total assets
$ 122,232,966   91,055,261
         
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
       
         
Accrued expenses
$ 485,540   334,679
Junior subordinated debentures
  20,619,000   20,619,000
Shareholders' equity
  101,128,426   70,101,582
         
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 122,232,966   91,055,261
 
 
 
 
           
Statements of Earnings
           
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
           
Revenues:
2008
 
2007
 
2006
           
Dividends from subsidiaries
$ 1,929,455     4,811,203     3,855,556
Interest and dividend income
  442,693     463,866     672,922
Loss on sale of securities
  (327,013 )   (235,950 )   -    
                 
Total revenues
  2,045,135     5,039,119     4,528,478
                 
Expenses:
               
                 
Interest
  1,016,361     1,475,701     1,962,692
Other operating expenses
  243,849     266,146     786,014
                 
Total expenses
  1,260,210     1,741,847     2,748,706
                 
Earnings before income tax benefit and equity in
               
undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
  784,925     3,297,272     1,779,772
                 
Income tax benefit
  389,200     514,800     705,800
                 
Earnings before undistributed earnings in subsidiaries
  1,174,125     3,812,072     2,485,572
                 
Equity in undistributed earnings in subsidiaries
  5,216,438     5,779,899     6,685,245
                 
Net earnings
$ 6,390,563     9,591,971     9,170,817
 
 
A-60

 
 
Statements of Cash Flows
 
                 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
                 
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
                 
Net earnings
$ 6,390,563     9,591,971     9,170,817  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net
                 
cash provided by operating activities:
                 
Amortization
  -         -         461,298  
Book value shares accrual
  136,130     158,678     128,444  
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
  (5,216,438 )   (5,779,899 )   (6,685,245 )
Deferred income tax benefit
  (52,855 )   (61,551 )   (49,520 )
Loss on sale of investment securities
  327,013     235,950     -      
Change in:
                 
Other assets
  (3,167 )   -         -      
Accrued income
  (16,876 )   1,603     (1,421 )
Accrued expense
  14,731     (253,748 )   25,975  
                   
Net cash provided by operating activities
  1,579,101     3,893,004     3,050,348  
                   
Cash flows from investing activities:
                 
                   
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale
  3,167     -         (6,000,000 )
Purchases of investment securities available for sale
  (1,000,000 )   -         -      
Net change in interest-bearing time deposit
  3,000,000     -         (6,000,000 )
Purchases of other investments
  -         -         (600,000 )
Purchase of equity in PEBK Capital Trust II
  -         -         (619,000 )
Proceeds from liquidation of PEBK Capital Trust I
  -         -         433,000  
                   
Net cash used by investing activities
  2,003,167     -         (6,786,000 )
                   
Cash flows from financing activities:
                 
                   
Proceeds from issuance of trust preferred securities
  -         -         20,619,000  
Repayments of trust preferred securities
  -         -         (14,433,000 )
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
  25,054,000     -         -      
Cash dividends paid
  (2,679,828 )   (2,331,203 )   (1,905,556 )
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares
  -         (3,355 )   (6,426 )
Common stock repurchased
  (1,126,275 )   (2,810,907 )   (425,000 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
  43,948     330,997     1,014,425  
                   
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
  21,291,845     (4,814,468 )   4,863,443  
                   
Net change in cash
  24,874,113     (921,464 )   1,127,791  
                   
Cash at beginning of year
  725,416     1,646,880     519,089  
                   
Cash at end of year
$ 25,599,529     725,416     1,646,880  
 
 
A-61

 
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

DIRECTORS

Robert C. Abernethy – Chairman
Chairman of the Board, Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Peoples Bank;
President, Secretary and Treasurer, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)

James S. Abernethy
President and Assistant Secretary, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)

Douglas S. Howard
Vice President, Howard Ventures, Inc. (private equity firm)

John W. Lineberger, Jr.
President, Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company (commercial warehousing facility)

Gary E. Matthews
President and Director, Matthews Construction Company, Inc. (general contractor)

Billy L. Price, Jr. MD
Practicing Internist and Partner, Catawba Valley Internal Medicine, PA

Larry E. Robinson
President and Chief Executive Officer, The Blue Ridge Distributing Co., Inc. (beer and wine distributor)

William Gregory (Greg) Terry
Executive Vice President, Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
President/CEO, Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc. (wrought iron furniture, railings and gates manufacturer)

Benjamin I. Zachary
President, Treasurer and Director, Alexander Railroad Company

OFFICERS

Tony W. Wolfe
President and Chief Executive Officer

A. Joseph Lampron
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer

Joseph F. Beaman, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary

Lance A. Sellers
Executive Vice President and Assistant Corporate Secretary

William D. Cable, Sr.
Executive Vice President and Assistant Corporate Treasurer

 
 
A-62

 
EXHIBIT (21)

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

A list of subsidiaries is contained in Part I, Item 1 Business, Subsidiaries and is incorporated by reference.

EXHIBIT (23)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



We have issued our report, dated March 6, 2009, accompanying the consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in the Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said report in the Registration Statement of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. on Form S-3 (File No. 333-43426, effective August 10, 2000), and on Form S-8 (File No. 333-46860, effective September 28, 2000).



/s/ PORTER KEADLE MOORE, LLP



Atlanta, Georgia
March 20, 2009

EXHIBIT (31)(a)

CERTIFICATIONS


I, Tony W. Wolfe, certify that:

1.  
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina Inc.;

2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b)  
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)  
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)  
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)  
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;  and

b)  
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 
March 20,  2009
 
 /s/ Tony W. Wolfe
 
Date
 
Tony W. Wolfe
 
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
   
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
EXHIBIT (31)(b)

CERTIFICATIONS


I, A. Joseph Lampron, certify that:

1.  
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina Inc.;

2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b)  
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)  
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation ; and

d)  
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)  
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;  and

b)  
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 
 

 

March 20,  2009
 
 /s/ A. Joseph Lampron
 
Date
 
A. Joseph Lampron
 
   
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
   
(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)
 


 
EXHIBIT (32)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. § 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best knowledge of the undersigned:


(1)           The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)           The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.
 

Dated:  March 20, 2009
 
/s/ Tony W. Wolfe
 
   
Tony W. Wolfe
 
   
Chief Executive Officer
 
       
       
Dated:  March 20, 2009
 
/s/ A. Joseph Lampron
 
   
A. Joseph Lampron
 
   
Chief Financial Officer